L1000a TM en Siep C710616 33a
L1000a TM en Siep C710616 33a
L1000a TM en Siep C710616 33a
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.
Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation
3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation 4
Parameter Details 5
Troubleshooting
6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance 7
Peripheral Devices &
Options 8
Specifications A
Parameter List B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications C
Standards Compliance D
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 33A Quick Reference Sheet E
Copyright © 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information
contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the
information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this
publication.
2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
◆ Quick Reference
Drive a Synchronous PM Motor
L1000A can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors on page 91.
Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 93.
Standards Compliance
Refer to European Standards on page 370 and Refer to UL Standards on page 374.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 3
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Table of Contents
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1. RECEIVING .......................................................................................................... 27
1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.2 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L1000A Model Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.4 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exploded Views of Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 5
3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 43
3.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L
2A0018 to 0075)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L
4A0009 to 0039) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L
2A0085, 0115)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L
4A0045, 0060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L
2A0145, 0180)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L
4A0075 to 0150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
3.5 Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Removing/Reattaching the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
3.9 Control I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Setting Sink/Source with Input Terminals SN and SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
3.10 Connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
3.11 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Flowchart B: Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Flowchart D: Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.5 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Types of Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Auto-Tuning Operation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Up and Down Commands and Speed Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Multi-Function Terminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Accel/Decel Ramp and Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Inspection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Brake Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Adjustments for Riding Comfort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button
or after Entering External Up/down Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Motor Gets Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Putting Out Voltage . . . . . . . . 123
A Residual Current Device (RCD, RCM) Trips during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Riding Comfort Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Parameter Access Level: A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 7
5.5 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
E1: V/f Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
5.6 F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
F1: Encoder/PG Feedback Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
F3: Digital Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
F5: Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
F6: Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
CANopen Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
5.7 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
5.8 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
L1: Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
L2: Undervoltage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
L5: Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
5.9 n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
n5: Inertia Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
n6: Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
n9: Current Detection Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
S1: Brake Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
S2: Slip Compensation for Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
S3: Start/Stop Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
S4: Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
S5: Short Floor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
S6: Faults for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
U2: Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
U3: Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
U4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
U6: Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6. TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................................... 219
6.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Alarm and Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
6.3 Fault Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.4 Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6.5 Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.7 Copy Function Related Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 9
A. SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 289
A.1 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
A.2 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
A.3 Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
A.4 Drive Watt Loss Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
A.5 Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.8 Message Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Fault Trace Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Alarm Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
C.10 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Parameter H5-11 and the Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
C.11 Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Slave Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
C.12 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 11
12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result
in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the
consequences of ignoring these instructions.
I.1 PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I.2 GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 13
i.1 Preface
i.1 Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection
and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa
accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances
should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without
exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All
systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with
appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa
must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in
conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims
arising from misapplication of its products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of Variable L1000A-Series Drives. Read this manual
before attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future
reference. Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.
◆ Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for L1000A series drives:
This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to
an overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. It is meant to get the drive ready for a trial run with the
F1 F2
YEG
LO
ESC
RE
RUN STOP
CIMR-AA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications. Use
٨ ⸅ࠄߥߢߊߛߐޕ
this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.
◆ Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
◆ Trademarks
• EnDat is a trademark of Heidenhain Corporation.
• HIPERFACE is a trademark of Sick Stegmann, Inc.
• CANopen is a trademark of CAN in Automation (CiA).
• Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.
14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed
according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could
result in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
◆ Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings
in this manual.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Before Auto-Tuning, make sure the area around the motor and elevator are clear.
The motor may suddenly rotate during the Auto-Tuning process, which can result in personal injury if proper safety
measures are not taken beforehand.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 15
i.2 General Safety
DANGER
Rotational Auto-Tuning must always be performed with the motor disconnected from the load (ropes removed
from traction sheave).
If the ropes are is left mounted during Rotational Auto-Tuning, the drive will be unable to set motor parameters
correctly. This will result in erroneous operation.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Never remove or install option cards or attempt to
replace the cooling fan while the drive is switched on. Make sure that the drive and all devices connected to the
drive have been shut off prior to performing and type of maintenance or wiring. After shutting off the power,
wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.
Failure to comply can result in serious electric shock.
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Drive settings and system design may cause the elevator to begin running as soon as the power to the drive is
switched on. This can result in serious personal injury or even death.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and elevator area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft
keys, and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
A brake independent of drive circuitry must be prepared by the user prior to operation.
The holding brake should be wired so that it is applied by an external sequence when a fault occurs, the power is
shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
When the drive faults out, the output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. Some type of
mechanical brake may be needed if it is necessary to halt the motor faster than the Emergency Stop function is able to.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
A separate brake should be installed to prevent an external force from rotating the motor.
Even during operation, a vertical force external to the load (such as gravity) can rotate the motor unexpectedly. To
ensure application safety, install a separate external brake.
Wire the brake sequence so that the brake applies as soon as baseblock shuts off drive output.
If the brake fails to apply immediately upon baseblock, the motor will begin to coast when baseblock shuts the drive
output, causing the elevator car to free-fall.
Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run.
Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Double check the emergency stop sequence once wiring is complete. The emergency stop circuitry is crucial for
safety to ensure that the application can stop immediately.
Failing to properly verify all emergency stop wiring could result in serious personal injury.
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 120 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high
speed, be sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is
50 Hz.
Incorrect settings can cause the drive to accelerate to dangerously high speed.
Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the
ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.
16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Never set the stopping method to anything other than “Ramp to stop”. Parameter b1-03 should therefore always
be set to 0.
Any other setting leaves the motor uncontrolled when the Up/Down command is removed and can cause the elevator
car to free-fall.
To avoid the motor's coasting and to ensure the motor's stopping quickly and safely, set an appropriate
Emergency Stop Ramp to C1-09.
Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts.
Do not use the fault restart function unnecessarily.
Carelessly using the fault restart function leads to an unintended start of the elevator, resulting in death or serious
injury.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
When performing Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance with the rope mounted on the motor, the
brake must remain applied throughout the entire Auto-Tuning process. Make sure that a signal to release the
brake cannot be issued by the digital output terminals during Stationary Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
During Stationary Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance, voltage is applied to
the motor even before it rotates. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor with a different speed feedback option than a PG-F3 card together with an external
brake sequence, make sure the brake is not released before Initial Magnetic Pole Search has been finished. Use
the Initial Pole Search Status signal (H2- = 61) to interlock the brake.
Failure to comply can cause the counterweight to pull on the elevator car, resulting in personal injury.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a motor, voltage continues to be generated at the
motor terminals while the motor coasts to stop.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a magnetic
contactor installed to the output side of the drive.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive
has been shut off.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 17
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
When closing the magnetic contactor while the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on
and the drive output has completely stopped.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Never attempt to change any wiring or remove any connectors while power is flowing through the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Turn the power on only after making sure that the front cover is properly attached. Never remove the front
cover while power to the drive is on.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Wiring to the motor (U, V, W) should never come into contact with the external case of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Switch off and lock the power supply and lock the switch before wiring terminals.
Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
The leakage current of this drive exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore according to IEC 61800-5-1 automatic power supply
interruption in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor must be provided or a protective earthing
conductor with a cross section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used.
Use appropriate equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD).
This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual
current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use
an RCM or RCD of type B according to IEC 60755.
Keep the protective earthing conductor as short as possible.
Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Make sure all ground terminals have been properly grounded.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the enclosure does
not exceed 50 °C.
The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals.
Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
When installing a dynamic braking resistor or optional Braking Resistor Unit, perform all wiring exactly as
specified in the wiring diagrams provided.
Failure to comply can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.
Applications using a braking option should wire a thermal relay so that the output contactor opens when the
thermal relay trips.
Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip detection
setting. Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
Failure to comply can result in fire.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 19
i.2 General Safety
CAUTION
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
During the Rotational Auto-Tuning process, the drive will start and stop the motor. Never touch the motor while
Auto-Tuning is being performed. Follow the directions below to ensure safety.
• Remove any shaft lock keys
• Clear all personnel and equipment from the drive, motor, and elevator area
• Make sure the motor has come to a complete stop
Failing to take proper safety measures can result in personal injury.
Preventing Injury
A separate emergency stop switch should be installed separately from drive circuitry (the drive’s own
emergency stop function is enabled only when it has been assigned to one of the input terminals).
Failure to comply may result in personal injury.
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
Check the area thoroughly around the motor and elevator before starting to operate the application.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Reset alarms and faults only after making sure that the Up/Down command has also been removed.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Preventing Burns
Never touch the heatsink on the drive, as it can reach high temperatures. When replacing the cooling fan, wait
at least 15 minutes after power to the drive has been shut off before touching the fan to ensure that it has cooled
off enough.
Failure to comply could result in burns.
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the motor. Ensure the motor
can freely rotate before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in improper operation of the drive.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor, never open or close the magnetic contactor while the motor is running.
Failure to comply could result in the drive damage.
Equipment Hazard
The drive's cooling fan may not run during Rescue Operation due to low voltage from the battery or UPS.
Using Rescue Operation for extended periods of time may result in an oH alarm as the heatsink temperature rises.
Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. The drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must
be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly.
Failure to set the correct drive input voltage may result in improper drive operation.
20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Use the torque detection function in the drive to notify the PLC of a potential overcurrent or overload situation
before an overcurrent or overload fault is actually triggered. Use undertorque detection to detect any problems
that develop on the application side.
If the drive faults out due to overcurrent or overload, the drive output will be interrupted. The motor will start coasting,
potentially resulting in damage to the machinery or personal injury.
When replacing the control terminal board or removable terminal board, be sure to also check the value set to
parameter o2-04.
If o2-04 is set incorrectly, drive performance may be poor and protection functions may not operate properly,
potentially damaging the drive.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits
capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class) and
480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive.
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive frequently to start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault
circuit interrupter.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it.
Leaving the digital operator plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation
caused by a poor connection. Before reattaching the operator, make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back
into place.
Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
Multi-function relay output terminals are rated at a minimum of 10 mA. If less than 10 mA is required, use the
photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2).
Using the wrong current output level may not have the desired effect when the terminal is activated.
Do not use the negative DC bus terminal "-" as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential.
Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 21
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/
T3, -, +1, +2) and other high-power lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance.
Use shielded, twisted-pair wires, and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit
lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive, circuit boards, and option
cards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive.
Be sure to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on.
Make sure there are no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can
lead to erroneous operation.
If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive.
Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to
loose terminal connections.
Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage
application to output terminals.
Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Do not share ground wiring with devices requiring a large amount of current for operation.
Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions.
Improper equipment grounding could result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50
meters when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference.
Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.
Do not connect magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than motor supplied from the normal
power supply and the wider operating speed range may affect the motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer. Continuously
operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the elevator to be used with the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 23
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
◆ Application Notes
■ Selection
Drive Capacity
The output current should not exceed 150% of the drive rated current. Select a drive that can output enough current when
accelerating a load at 100%.
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than rated output current for the drive.
Starting Torque
The startup and acceleration characteristics of the motor are restricted to the drive's overload current rating (150% rated
current for 60 s).
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower
torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and
drive capacity.
■ Settings
DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the time for DC Injection
Braking is too long.
Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp
Acceleration and deceleration ramp for the motor are determined by the how much torque can be generated, the amount
2
of load torque, and the inertia moment ( GD ). A faster acceleration ramp may trigger the drive's Stall Prevention function,
4
which in turn may lower the acceleration ramp. Lowering the acceleration ramp can eliminate the need for Stall
Prevention, thus ensuring the elevator car moves at the designated acceleration ramp. For a higher acceleration ramp
without triggering Stall Prevention, select a drive with a larger capacity.
■ General Handling
Selecting a Molded Case Circuit Breaker or RCD/RCM Devices
Where an RCD (residual current device) or RCM (residual current monitor) at the drive power supply side is used for
protection in case of direct or indirect contact, only an RCD or RCM of type B according to IEC 60755 is allowed.
Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) or RCD/RCM with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the
rated current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Also refer to
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) on page 283.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) on the power supply side to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off
when necessary. The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Do not use a magnetic contactor on the power supply side to frequently start and stop the motor. Failure to comply could
result in damage to the drive.
24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 25
i.2 General Safety
• When using a PM motor with a different speed feedback option than a PG-F3 card together with an external brake
sequence, make sure the brake is not released before Initial Magnetic Pole Search has been finished. Use the Initial
Pole Search Status signal (H2- = 61) to interlock the brake.
Failure to comply can cause the counterweight to pull on the elevator car, resulting in personal injury.
• The motor must be at a complete stop before performing any maintenance, inspection, or wiring.
• With a PM motor, drive output must be fully interrupted when the power is shut off and the motor is still rotating.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
●
Read manual before installing.
●
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor YEG
discharge after disconnecting
power supply.
●
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
● After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
●
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.
Figure i.1 Warning Information
Figure i.2
Figure i.3
YEG
F1 F2
LO
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
CIMR-AA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
Warning Label
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
٨
Top and Side surfaces may ٨ Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
ෂޓ㒾
ߌ߇㧚ᗵ㔚ߩ߅ߘࠇ߇ࠅ߹ߔޕ
٨ ٨ ᝪ߃ઃߌޔㆇォߩ೨ߦߪᔅߕขᛒ⺑ᦠࠍ⺒ߎߣޕ
٨
٨ ㅢ㔚ਛ߅ࠃ߮㔚Ḯㆤᢿᓟ5ಽએౝߪࡈࡠࡦ࠻ࠞࡃ
ࠍᄖߐߥޕ
٨
٨ 400V⚖ࠗࡦࡃ࠲ߩ႐วߪޔ㔚Ḯߩਛᕈὐ߇ធ
ߐࠇߡࠆߎߣࠍ⏕ߔࠆߎߣ
ޕኻᔕ㧕
٨ ὐᬌޔ㈩✢ࠍⴕ߁႐วߪޔജ㐿㐽ེࠍ
ㆤᢿᓟ5ಽᓙߞߡታᣉߒߡߊߛߐޕ
㜞᷷ᵈᗧ
٨ ࠗࡦࡃ࠲ㇱޔਔ㕙ߪ㜞᷷ߦߥࠅ߹ߔޕ
٨ ⸅ࠄߥߢߊߛߐޕ
◆ Warranty Information
■ Restrictions
L1000A was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives
or health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in
any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a
facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the
likelihood of any accident.
26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives and overview of the
different enclosure types and components.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 27
1.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than motor supplied from the normal
power supply and the wider operating speed range may affect the motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.
28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.2 General Description
<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 8 kHz.
<2> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 5 kHz.
Note: The drive automatically decreases the rated output current when setting higher carrier frequency.
Receiving
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 29
1.2 General Description
30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
Quantity 1 1 1
◆ Nameplate
Figure 1.1
YEG
Receiving
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :
CIMR - L C 4 A 0009 B A A
Drive L1000A Customized Enclosure Design
No. No. Type
Series Specifications Revision
A Standard model B IP20 <1> Order
No. Region
Code
C IP20 <2>
C Europe
Environmental
No.
Specification <3>
A Standard
YEG No.
2
Voltage Class
3-phase, 200-240 Vac
4 3-phase, 380-480 Vac
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 31
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
■ Model Code
<1> These units fulfill IP20 requirements and provide wire bending space (space between terminals and cable entry point) as
recommended in the IEC61800-5.
<2> Contact Yaskawa for information about using drives in environments other than specified in this manual.
<3> These units fulfill IP20 requirements, but the wire bending space provided is lower than recommended in the
IEC61800-5.
32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.4 Component Names
F
L
G M
Receiving
<1> The following drive models have a single cooling fan: CIMR-LC2A0018B and 4A0009B.
A
A - Fan cover
B - Cooling fan
B C - Mounting hole
D - Heatsink
C E - Port CN19 cover
F - Terminal board
D G - Front cover
F G H - USB port (type-B)
J I - Front cover screw
H K
E
J - Digital operator
K - Drive Cover
L L - Terminal cover
I M - Bottom front cover
N - Bottom cover
O - Rubber bussing
M
N O
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 33
1.4 Component Names
◆ Front Views
Figure 1.2
CIMR-LC2A0018B CIMR-LC2A0145C
H
H
I
I A
J
A B
C
J
K
B
D
C E
D
K
F
F
YEG
34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 35
2.1 Section Safety
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.
Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can
lead to erroneous operation.
If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
◆ Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environmental matching the
specifications below.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10°C to +50°C (IP20 enclosure)
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
Ambient Temperature When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure
does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature -20 to +60°C
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Altitude 1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating (Refer to Drive Derating Data on page 294)
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration
20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to
erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to
comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the
temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
Mechanical
Installation
Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2.1 to maintain proper cooling. Refer to Mechanical Installation on
page 37 for details on installing the drive.
Figure 2.1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 37
2.2 Mechanical Installation
A C
D
B B
C
D
A
Drive Operator
Comm Port
S / N : J007XE273710001
common_
TMonly
Remote Operation Cable Connector
38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
S / N : J007XE273710001
90
78
15
7.9 44
60
minimum
50 Unit: mm
Mechanical
Installation
fixed to the panel)
Note: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during
installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
External/Face-Mount
2
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.6.
2. Position the digital operator so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in
Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.4
Digital Operator M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2
Enclosure panel
common_TMonly
Unit: mm
Figure 2.5 External/Face-Mount Installation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 39
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Figure 2.5
22
common_TMonly
78
26
22
2
22
14
Unit: mm
Figure 2.6 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)
Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact your Yaskawa
representative to order an installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.7 illustrates how to attach the
Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.8.
2. Mount the digital operator to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and digital operator to the enclosure panel.
Figure 2.6
Enclosure panel
Digital Operator
common_TMonly
Unit: mm
120
45
common_TMonly
59 +0.5
0
Unit : mm
40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
W1 4-d
4-d
W1
H1
H1
H0
H
H
t1 t1
D1
H2
H2
H3
W D1 W D
D
Figure 1 Figure 2
YEG
W1
4-d t2 YEG
H1
H0
H
Mechanical
Installation
H2
H3
t1
2
D1
Max 10 W Max 10 D
Figure 3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 41
2.2 Mechanical Installation
42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and
power supply.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 43
3.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Double check the emergency stop sequence once wiring is complete. The emergency stop circuitry is crucial for
safety to ensure that the application can stop immediately.
Failing to properly verify all emergency stop wiring could result in serious personal injury.
Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run.
Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
The leakage current of this drive exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore according to IEC 61800-5-1 automatic power supply
interruption in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor must be provided or a protective earthing
conductor with a cross section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used.
Use appropriate equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD).
This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual
current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use
an RCM or RCD of type B according to IEC 60755.
Keep the protective earthing conductor as short as possible.
Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Make sure all ground terminals have been properly grounded.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Electrical Installation
When installing a dynamic braking resistor or optional Braking Resistor Unit, perform all wiring exactly as
specified in the wiring diagrams provided.
Failure to comply can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.
The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals.
Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to 3
the braking circuit or drive.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 45
3.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive.
Be sure to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on.
Make sure there are no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits
capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class) and
480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
Multi-function relay output terminals are rated at a minimum of 10 mA. If less than 10 mA is required, use the
photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2).
Using the wrong current output level may not have the desired effect when the terminal is activated.
Do not use the negative DC bus terminal "-" as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential.
Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.
Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it.
Leaving the digital operator plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation
caused by a poor connection. Before reattaching the operator, make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back
into place.
Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive.
Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to
loose terminal connections.
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault
circuit interrupter.
Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage
application to output terminals.
When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions.
Improper equipment grounding could result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/
T3, -, +1, +2) and other high-power lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit
lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50
meters when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference.
Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 47
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable
codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum
(200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the
motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.
NOTICE: Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
NOTICE: The minimum load for the relay outputs M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, and MA-MB-MC is 10 mA.
Figure 3.1
+2 +1 − B1 B2
U Motor
Main Main Circuit U/T1
Switch Fuse V/T2 V
Three-phase M
power supply R/L1
200 to 240 Vac or S/L2
EMC
R/L1
S/L2
Drive W/T3
W
Not Used S8
SN
MA Fault relay output <11>
Sink / Source mode SC 250 Vac, max. 1 A
MB
selection wire link 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(default: Sink) <5> SP MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
+24 V
M1 Multi-function relay output (Brake Release Command)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
Shield ground terminal
M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
<6>
M3 Multi-function relay output (Motor Contactor Close Command)
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA 250 Vac, max. 1 A
2 kΩ M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
A1 Analog Input 1 (Speed Bias) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Multi-function -10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ)
analog inputs M5 Multi-function relay output (Drive Ready)
A2 Analog Input 2 (Not used) 250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6 30 Vdc, max 1 A
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ)
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V P1
−V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA Photo Coupler 1
C1 (During Frequency Output) Digital output
<6> Termination resistor 5 to 48 Vdc
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) P2 2 to 50 mA
Photo Coupler 2 (default setting)
DIP C2 (not used)
Switch S2
R+
R
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ <7> FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
− + (Output Speed)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) <10>
IG
AM
Multi-function analog output 2
AC − + (Output Current)
AM
H1 <8> -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
0V
H2
E (G)
Safe Disable inputs
<9> shielded line
DM+
EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor) twisted-pair shielded line
HC DM−
control circuit terminal
main circuit terminal
48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
<1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC reactor. Models CIMR-LC2A0085 through 2A0180 and 4A0045 through 4A0150 come with a built-
in DC reactor.
<2> The drive’s protection function for the internal braking transistor needs to be disabled (L8-55 = 0) if using a regen unit such as a regen
converter or some type of braking option unit (and therefore not the internal braking transistor).
<3> If the braking resistor is equipped with a thermal relay, use this thermal relay to shut off the drive power supply in case the braking resistor
overheat occurs.
<4> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).
<5> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire link
between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode and SC-SN for Source mode. Leave it out for external power supply. Never short terminals SP and
SN as doing so will damage the drive.
<6> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as
this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<7> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<8> Use jumper S3 to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe Disable inputs.
<9> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Safe Disable input.
<10> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for use as
a feedback-type of signal.
<11> Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to interrupt
power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts to restart itself. The default setting for L5-02
is 0 (fault output not active during restart attempt).
Note: 1. The drive should be implemented in the system in a way so that a drive fault causes the safety chain to open. Always use terminal
MA-MB-MC for this purpose.
2. Even though no fault occurs, the drive can not be started under certain conditions, e.g. when the Digital Operator is left in the
Programming Mode. Use the “Drive Ready” output (default set to terminals M5-M6) to interlock operation in such situations.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before
energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! When using the automatic fault restart function while the wiring is made to shut off the power supply when a drive fault
occurs, make sure the drive is set not to trigger a fault output during fault restart (L5-02=0, default). Otherwise the fault restart function
can not work properly.
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 49
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram
+2
Jumper
− Drive
+1 B1 B2
Use terminals +1 and −
for DC power supply
−
Drive
+1 +3 −
−
Drive
R/L1 U/T1
3 Phase power supply
200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz T/L3 W/T3
50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
B1 B2
– B1 B2
YEG
Electrical Installation
CIMR-LC2A0145, 0180
CIMR-LC4A0075, 0091
CIMR-LC4A0112, 0150
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 51
3.5 Terminal Cover
YEG
Figure 3.6 Removing the Terminal Cover
2. Push in on the hook located on the bottom of the terminal cover, and gently pull forward. This should remove the
terminal cover.
Figure 3.7
YEG
Figure 3.7 Removing the Terminal Cover
2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150
1. Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
CAUTION! Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal
cover may fall off causing an injury.
Figure 3.8
YEG
52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.5 Terminal Cover
YEG
Figure 3.9 Removing the Terminal Cover
Electrical Installation
Once wiring to the terminal board and other devices is complete, double check all connections and finally reattach the
terminal cover. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 61 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on
page 64 for details on wiring.
Figure 3.11
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 53
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
YEG
Figure 3.12 Removing the Digital Operator
YEG
YEG
Figure 3.14 Remove the Front Cover (2A0018 to 2A0075 and 4A0009 to 4A0039)
54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
Hook Hook
Figure 3.15 Remove the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
4. First unhook the left side of the front cover, then swing the left side towards you as shown in the figure below
until the cover comes off.
Figure 3.16
Electrical Installation
Figure 3.16 Remove the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 55
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
Figure 3.17 Reattach the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
2. Once the hooks have connected to the drive, press firmly on the cover to make sure it locks into place.
56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Electrical Installation
nonspecific devices to these terminals.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10-3
• Refer to instruction manual TOBPC72060000 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
• Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a braking resistor, regenerative converter, or a regen unit. 3
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 374 for information on UL compliance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 57
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
Terminal Gauge Torque
CIMR-LC mm2 Size
mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0015
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0018
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
4 <1> 4 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 6 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16
4A0024 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
6 <1> 6 to 10 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 10 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16
4A0031 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
10 6 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
–, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
4A0039 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 10 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 10 to 50
–, +1 – 16 to 50 9 to 11
4A0045 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 10 to 50
16 10 to 16
Electrical Installation
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 16 to 50
–, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
4A0060 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 16 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 70
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 70
4A0075 –, +1 – 25 to 70 M8
9 to 11
(79.7 to 97.4)
3
+3 – 16 to 70
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 70
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 70
–, +1 – 25 to 70 9 to 11
4A0091 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 25 to 70
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 95
–, +1 – 50 to 95 18 to 23
4A0112 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 95
25 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 70 to 95
–,+1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
4A0150 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
<1> When this wire size is used for ground connection, according to IEC61800-5-1 an RCD/RCM that interrupts the power supply in case of
ground conductor discontinuity, is required. Alternatively use a ground conductor with a cross section of minimum 10 mm2 (Cu) and connect it
to the ground terminal using an appropriate ring terminal.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 59
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in
damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or electric leakage circuit breakers.
NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.
NOTICE: Make sure the motor contactor sequence is designed to only open or close the motor contactor when there is no voltage
output from the drive.
■ Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! As the leakage current produced by the drive exceeds 3.5 mA, according to IEC61800-5-1, at least one of the conditions
below must be satisfied:
a) The cross-section of the protective earthing conductor must be at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al).
b) The power supply must be disconnected automatically in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and
local installation regulations. Minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical
potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in death
or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices requiring a large amount of current for operation. Improper equipment
grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could
result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.18 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
Figure 3.18
OK OK Not Good
60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
A – Protecting Cover
Figure 3.19 Protecting Cover to Prevent Miswiring (CIMR-L2A0047)
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 61
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Failure to comply may result in death or
serious injury.
NOTICE: Do not use a magnetic contactor on the power supply side to frequently start and stop the motor. Failure to comply could
result in damage to the drive.
■ Input Terminals
Table 3.5 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
input.
Table 3.5 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
S1 Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop)
S2 Down Command (Closed: Down, Open: Stop)
S3 Multi-function input 1 (Nominal Speed)
Photocoupler
S4 Multi-function input 2 (Inspection Operation) 24 Vdc, 8 mA
Digital Inputs 311
S5 Multi-function input 3 (Intermediate Speed 1) Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select
sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
S6 Multi-function input 4 (Leveling Speed)
S7 Multi-function input 5 (Not used)
S8 Multi-function input 6 (Not used)
SC Multi-function input common
Photocoupler, 24 Vdc, 8 mA
Digital Input
SN 0V Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select 67
Power Supply
sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
SP +24 Vdc
H1 Safe Disable input 1 24 Vdc, 8 mA
One or both open: Drive output disabled
Both closed: Normal operation
Safe Disable Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ
H2 Safe Disable input 2 377
Inputs Off time of at least 1 ms
Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
HC Safe Disable function common Common for the Safe Disable function
+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 135
-V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) –
135
A1 Multi-function analog input 1 (Speed reference bias) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
176
Analog Inputs
135
A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Not used) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
177
AC Analog input common 0V 135
E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards – –
62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
■ Output Terminals
Table 3.6 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
output.
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Fault Relay MB N.C. output 168
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
M1
Multi-function relay output 1 (Brake release command)
M2
Contact relay output
Multi-Function M3 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
Multi-function relay output 2 (Output contactor close command) 168
Relay Output M4 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
M5
Multi-function relay output 3 (Drive ready)
M6
P1 –
Photocoupler output 1 (During Frequency output)
Multi-Function C1 –
Photocoupler 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA
Output P2 –
Photocoupler output 2 (Not Used/Through Mode)
C2 –
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output speed)
-10 to +10 Vdc or 0 to +10 Vdc 179
Monitor Output AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)
AC Monitor common 0V –
Safety Monitor DM+ Safety monitor output Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Disable
–
Output DM- Safety monitor output common channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA
Electrical Installation
<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. For more information on
the termination resistor, see Control I/O Configuration on page 67.
◆ Terminal Configuration
Control circuit terminals are arranged as shown in Figure 3.20.
Figure 3.20
3
YEG
V+ AC V- A1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 C2 M1 M2 M5
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S-
M3 M4 M6
V+ AC V- A1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 AC
C2 M1 M2 M5
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 63
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
■ Wire Size
Select appropriate wire type and gauges from . For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the wire ends.
Refer to Table 3.9 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
d1
YEG
8 mm
d2
NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and
other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper
wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive
or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Figure 3.22 and Figure 3.23 for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.24. Refer to
Wire Size on page 64.
NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
Control Wires
Terminal Board
YEG
45
Electrical Installation
F C
A D
B E
NOTICE: The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system
performance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 65
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
YEG
Jumper S3
Terminal H1/H2
Sink/Source Sel.
V+ AC V- A1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 C2 M1 M2 M5
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
DIP Switch S2
RS-422/485 Termination
Resistor
Off On
66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.9 Control I/O Configuration
S7 S7
S8 S8
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
SP External SP
24 Vdc
S7 S7
S8 S8
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
External
SP SP
24 Vdc
Electrical Installation
Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe
Disable inputs H1 and H2 as shown in Table 3.10 (Default: Source mode, internal power supply.) Refer to Switches and
Jumpers on the Terminal Board on page 66 for locating jumper S3.
Table 3.11 Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply
3
Jumper S3 Jumper S3
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sinking Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 67
3.9 Control I/O Configuration
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sourcing Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
This drive is equipped with a built in termination resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port. DIP switch S2 enables
or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Table 3.12. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives. Refer to Switches and Jumpers
on the Terminal Board on page 66 for locating switch S2.
Table 3.12 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)
68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.10 Connect to a PC
3.10 Connect to a PC
This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).
The drive can connect to the USB port of a PC using a USB 2.0, AB type cable (sold separately). DriveWizard Plus can
then be used to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings. Contact Yaskawa for more information on
DriveWizard Plus.
Download and install the USB driver before connecting L1000A and PC with the USB cable. The driver is available at
www.yaskawa.eu.com
Figure 3.26
USB Cable
(Type-AB)
(Type-B) (Type-A)
PC
YEG
Figure 3.26 Connecting to a PC (USB)
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 69
3.11 Wiring Checklist
2 Make sure you have the correct braking resistors, DC reactors, noise filters, and other peripheral devices. 278
9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 50
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order 60
is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 57
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 57. 57
• When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop. 57
3 x voltage resistance (Ω/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10-3
• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-03 accordingly. 60
13 Properly ground the drive. Review page 60. 60
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).
14 57
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 57.
If using a braking resistor or dynamic braking resistor unit, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor, and ensure that overload
15 282
protection shuts off the power supply.
16 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or electric leakage circuit breakers are NOT installed on the output side of the drive. –
Control circuit wiring
17 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 62
23 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections. –
70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains how to use the digital operator, operator functions, modes, and
instructions on Auto-Tuning the drive and motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 71
4.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor with a different speed feedback option than a PG-F3 card together with an external
brake sequence, make sure the brake is not released before Initial Magnetic Pole Search has been finished. Use
the Initial Pole Search Status signal (H2- = 61) to interlock the brake.
Failing to comply can cause the counterweight to pull on the elevator car, resulting in personal injury.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.1 Section Safety
WARNING
A separate holding brake should be used. The holding brake should be wired so that it is closed by an external
sequence when a fault occurs, the power is shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Precautions should be taken on the machine side to ensure that load can not fall or slip.
Failure to take proper safety precautions can result in serious injury.
CAUTION
Preventing Injury
Check the area thoroughly around the motor and elevator before starting to operate the application.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
A separate emergency stop switch should be installed separately from drive circuitry (the drive's own
emergency stop function is enabled only when it has been assigned to one of the input terminals).
Failure to comply may result in personal injury.
Reset alarms and faults only after making sure that the Up/Down command has also been removed.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Preventing Burns
Never touch the heatsink on the drive, as it can reach high temperatures. When replacing the cooling fan, wait
Start-Up Programming
at least 15 minutes after power to the drive has been shut off before touching the fan to ensure that it has cooled
off enough.
& Operation
Failure to comply could result in burns.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 73
4.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the motor. Ensure the motor
can freely rotate before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in improper operation of the drive.
Equipment Hazard
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
The drive's cooling fan may not run during Rescue Operation due to low voltage from the battery or UPS.
Using Rescue Operation for extended periods of time may result in an oH alarm as the heatsink temperature rises.
Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. The drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must
be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly.
Failure to set the correct drive input voltage may result in improper drive operation.
Use the torque detection function in the drive to notify the PLC of a potential overcurrent or overload situation
before an overcurrent or overload fault is actually triggered. Use undertorque detection to detect any problems
that develop on the application side.
If the drive faults out due to overcurrent or overload, the drive output will be interrupted. The motor will start coasting,
potentially resulting in damage to the machinery or personal injury.
When replacing the control terminal board or removable terminal board, be sure to also check the value set to
parameter o2-04.
If o2-04 is set incorrectly, drive performance may be poor and protection functions may not operate properly,
potentially damaging the drive.
74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
1
11
F1 F2
2 ESC
LO
9 YEG
RE
3 RESET ENTER
8
10 RUN STOP
4 5 6 7
Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator
F1
Function Key The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the menu that is currently displayed. The name of each
1
(F1, F2) function appears in the lower half of the display window.
F2
Start-Up Programming
Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
5
6 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
& Operation
7 STOP STOP Key <1> Stops drive operation.
10 RUN Light Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page 78 for details.
RUN
11 LO LO/RE Light Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 78 for details.
RE
12 ALM LED Light Refer to ALARM (ALM) LED Displays on page 77.
<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if an Up/down command is
active at any external Up/down command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-02 to 0.
<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. By default settings the LO/RE key function is
disabled. To allow using the LO/RE key for switching between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 75
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
◆ LCD Display
Figure 4.2
1 2 3
9 8 7
Figure 4.2 LCD Display
Table 4.1 Display and Contents
No. Name Display Content
MODE Displayed when in Mode Selection.
MONITR Displayed when in Monitor Mode.
VERIFY Indicates the Verify Menu.
1 Operation Mode Menus
PRMSET Displayed when in Parameter Setting Mode.
A.TUNE Displayed during Auto-Tuning.
SETUP Displayed when in Setup Mode.
DRV Displayed when in Drive Mode.
2 Mode Display Area
PRG Displayed when in Programming Mode.
3 Ready Rdy Indicates the drive is ready to run.
4 Data Display – Displays specific data and operation data.
OPR Displayed when the speed reference source is assigned to the LCD Operator.
Speed Reference Source
5 COM Displayed when the speed reference source is assigned to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication.
Assignment <1>
OP Displayed when the speed reference is assigned to an option card.
RSEQ Displayed when the up/down command is supplied from a remote source.
LO/RE LSEQ Displayed when the up/down command is supplied from the operator keypad.
6
Display <2> RREF Displayed when the speed reference is supplied from a remote source.
LREF Displayed when the speed reference is supplied from the operator keypad.
FWD/REV Pressing F1 switches between Up and Down when the Up/Down command is set from the digital operator.
76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
■ Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:
- MODE - DRV
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 227
Fault EF3
Ext Fault S3
YEG for more information and possible solution. ALM and DRV are lit.
FWD RESET
Start-Up Programming
Illuminated When the drive detects an alarm or error.
& Operation
• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 77
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Examples
<1> Refer to Figure 4.3 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”.
Figure 4.3
1s
ON ON
Flashing
common_TM
only
Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly
78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Drive Mode
U1-03= 0.00A LREF ̌0.00%̍
FWD
φ FWD
ψ <2>
- MODE - PRG
Programming Mode <1>
Quick Setting
Initial Display <4>
L1000A
HELP FWD DATA XXXVX.X/X.XkW
L1000A XX.XX/XX.XXA
YASKAWA <XXXXXXXXX>
<5>
- MODE - PRG
Programming
AUTO
Start-Up Programming
Figure 4.5 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure
& Operation
<1> Pressing RUN will start the motor.
<2> Drive cannot operate the motor.
<3> Flashing characters are shown as 0 .
<4> X characters are shown in this manual. The LCD Operator will display the actual setting values. 4
<5> The Speed Reference appears after the initial display which shows the product name.
<6> The information that appears on the display will vary depending on the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 79
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
- MODE - PRG
Modified Consts
Verify Menu Modified YEG Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter
X Parameters Changes: Verify Menu on page 83.
HELP FWD DATA
- MODE - PRG
Quick Setting
Programming A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operating quickly. Refer to Using the Setup Group on
Mode Setup Group
YEG page 84.
- MODE - PRG
Programming
Parameter Setting
Mode Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings. Refer to Parameter Table on page 300.
YEG
HELP FWD DATA
- MODE - PRG
Auto-Tuning
Auto-Tuning Mode Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 93.
Programming AUTO YEG
Mode
HELP FWD DATA
80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Speed reference
display at power up
F1 F2
- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy
Speed Ref (OPR) Spd Ref 1(d1-01) left right
U1-01= 0.00%
U1-01= 000.00%
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ 㧔0.00㨪100.00㧕
U1-03= 0.00A LREF ̌0.00%̍
Press until the frequency
FWD
φ FWD
ψ reference changes to 010.00%
YEG
-MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy - MODE - DRV Rdy
Spd Ref 1(d1-01) Spd Ref 1(d1-01) Speed Ref (OPR)
ESC U1-01= 10.00%
U1-01= 010.00% U1-01= 010.00%
㧔0.00㨪100.00㧕 Entry Accepted 㧔0.00㨪100.00%㧕 U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ
̌0.00%̍ ̌0.00%̍ U1-03= 0.00A LREF
φ FWD
ψ φ FWD
ψ FWD
Figure 4.6 Setting the Speed Reference while in the Drive Mode
Note: The drive will not accept a change to the speed reference until the ENTER key is pressed after the speed reference is entered.
This feature prevents accidental setting of the speed reference. To have the drive accept changes to the speed reference as soon as
changes are made without requiring the ENTER key, set o2-05 to 1.
Start-Up Programming
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings
• Verify Menu: Check a list of parameters that have been changed from their original default values
& Operation
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup (see Simplified Setup Using the Setup
Group on page 84)
• Auto-Tuning Mode: Automatically calculates and sets motor parameters to optimize drive performance
4
◆ Changing Parameter Settings or Values
This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Ramp 1) from 1.50 seconds (default) to 2.50 seconds.
Step Display/Result
- MODE - PRG
Programming
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 81
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Step Display/Result
-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
3. A1-00=0
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree. Select Language
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Basic Setup
4. C1-01 = 1.50 sec
Press or key to select the C parameter group. Accel Ramp 1
φ FWD
ψ
-PRMSET- PRG -PRMSET- PRG
Accel/Decel Accel Ramp 1
5. C1-01= 1.50 sec C1-01= 1.50 sec
Press two times. Accel Ramp 1
(0.0~600.00)
“1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ φ FWD
ψ
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Ramp 1
6. C1-02= 1.50 sec
Press or key to select the parameter C1-02. (0.0~600.00)
“1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Ramp 1
7. C1-02= 001.50 sec
Press to view the current setting value (1.50 s). Left digit flashes. (0.0~600.00)
“1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Ramp 1
8. Press F1 , F2 or until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes. C1-02=001.50 sec
(0.0~600.00)
left right “1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Ramp 1
C1-02=002.50 sec
9.
Press the key and enter 002.50. (0.0~600.00)
“1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ
10.
Press and the drive will confirm the change. Entry Accepted
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Ramp 1
11. The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4. C1-02= 2.50 sec
(0.0~600.00)
“1.50 sec”
φ FWD
ψ
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Speed Ref (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00%
12.
Press the key until back at the initial display. U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD
82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu,
and is changed again from 1.50 s to 2.50 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:
Step Display/Result
- MODE - PRG
Modified Consts
2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu. Modified
X Parameters
HELP FWD DATA
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 83
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Speed reference
appears when
powered up
- SETUP - PRG Rdy
<1> Control Method
A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Open Loop Vector
<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.
84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Note: Parameter availability depends on the control mode set in A1-02 that is used to run the drive and motor. Consequently, some of
the parameters listed above may not be accessible in certain control modes.
Step Display/Result
Start-Up Programming
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM
& Operation
YEG
F1 F2
Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL. LO
2.
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the key again.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 85
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
Start-Up Programming
Set the Speed Reference Selection mode
Analog Input parameter d1-18
& Operation
Assign functions to the analog/digital I/O terminals using
parameters H1-, H2-, H3-, and H4- Assign functions to the digital I/O terminals using
parameters H1- and H2-
Fine-tuning
• Adjust settings for the brake sequence.
• Adjust speed control loop (C5-) etc.
FINISH
Figure 4.8 Installation, Wiring, Basic Setup for Motor and Elevator
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 87
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
◆ Power On
Before turning on the power supply
• Make sure all wires are connected properly. Also make sure motor phases are connected in the right sequence.
• Make sure that no screws, loose wire ends, or tools are left in the drive.
• If an encoder option card is used make sure the encoder is wired correctly and the power supply on the option card is
set according to the encoder specification.
After turning the power on, the drive mode display should appear and no fault or alarm should be displayed. In case of
any error refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 222.
Note: Always perform motor rotation direction setup prior to setting the encoder rotation direction.
◆ Encoder Setup
■ Encoder Resolution Setup
Set the encoder resolution (incremental signal in case of absolute encoders with Sin/Cos tracks) in parameter F1-01.
■ Encoder Rotation Direction Setup
Perform the following steps to make sure the encoder rotation direction is set up correctly in the drive.
If information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available
1. Check the sequence of encoder phases A and B when the motor drives the elevator in up direction.
2. If the encoder A phase leads phase B, make sure F1-05 is set to 0.
3. If the encoder B phase leads phase A, make sure F1-05 is set to 1.
If no information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available
1. Turn the motor manually in elevator up direction while checking the value of monitor U1-05.
2. If the value in U1-05 is positive, the set encoder direction is correct.
3. If the value in U1-05 is negative, alter the setting of parameter F1-05.
Note: Always set the motor rotation direction prior to the encoder rotation direction. Refer to Motor Rotation Direction Setup on
page 88.
88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
Display Unit
o1-03 Setting Speed Setting/Monitors Accel/Decel Ramp Jerk Settings
(d1-, U1-02, U1-02,...) (C1-) (C2-)
0 0.01 Hz
1 (default) 0.01% 0.01 s 0.01 s
Set as the time in required to accelerate from zero Set as the time used to change the accel/decel ramp
2 1 rpm
to the rated speed, and to decelerate from rated from zero to the accel/decel ramp setting of C1-
3 User defined speed to zero. and vice versa.
4 0.01 m/s
5 0.01 m/s 0.01 m/s2 (Set as accel/decel ramp) 0.01 m/s3 (set as jerk value)
6 0.1 ft/min 0.01 ft/s2 (Set as accel/decel ramp) 0.01 ft/s3 (set as jerk value)
When using setting 4 to 6 certain mechanical data have to be programmed to the drive prior to changing o1-03. Perform
the following steps.
1. Make sure motor data are set up correctly. Verify the setting of the maximum output frequency in parameter E1-04 and
the setting for the number of motor poles in parameter E2-04 or E5-04.
2. Set the traction sheave diameter in units of mm to parameter o1-20.
3. Set the correct roping to parameter o1-21.
4. If a mechanical gear is used, set the gear ratio (nMotor/nTraction Sheave) to parameter o1-22. If a gearbox is not used, make
sure o1-22 is set to 1.0.
5. Change parameter o1-03 to setting 4 or 5. The unit and setting values of related parameters will be changed
automatically.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 89
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
No
Yes
A1-02=2 or 3
(Ropes removed)
Is the Control Mode Can the motor
V/f Control ? rotate freely?
Yes
A1-02=0 No
Refer to Enter the data in to T1- parameters as indicated on the Enter the data in to T1- parameters as
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection display. indicated on the display.
on page 245 Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is
Remove the Fault/Alarm source and displayed.
repeat Auto Tuning.
Release the Brake.
Tuning
No Successful?
(Alarm or Fault code
displayed Yes
(”Entry Accepted”
displayed) <1>
FINISH
90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
No
Complete motor
data sheet
available?
Yes
No
(Alarm or Fault code
Tuning displayed
Successful?
Yes
(”Entry Accepted”
displayed <2>
Start-Up Programming
Continue with encoder offset tuning.
Refer to Flowchart D: Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning on page 92
& Operation
Can the motor No
rotate freely?
FINISH
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 91
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
Yes
Yes
(Stationary Encoder Offset Absolute No
Auto-Tuning possible)
encoder used? (PG-X3, Incremental
Yes encoder used)
(EnDat, ...)
No Refer to
Tuning Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Successful? on page 245
Remove the Fault/Alarm source
Yes and repeat Auto Tuning.
FINISH
92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
4.5 Auto-Tuning
◆ Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-
Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select
the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions on how to execute Auto-Tuning are listed in Start-Up
Flowcharts on page 86.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set to A1-02. If the control
mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM
motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available.
Table 4.6 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 87 and 90 for details on Auto-Tuning process and selections.
Table 4.6 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01)
Start-Up Programming
Input 2
Input Value Parameter Unit 0 1 4
Stationary for Line-to-
Rotational Stationary 1 Line Resistance Stationary 2
& Operation
Motor Rated Voltage T1-03 Vac Yes Yes No Yes
Motor Rated Current T1-04 A Yes Yes Yes Yes
Motor Rated Frequency T1-05 Hz Yes Yes No Yes
Number of Motor Poles T1-06 - Yes Yes No Yes
Motor Rated Speed T1-07 r/min Yes Yes No Yes 4
Encoder Resolution (Pulses per Revolution) T1-08 - Yes Yes No Yes
Motor No-Load Current T1-09 A No Yes No Yes
Motor Rated Slip T1-10 Hz No No No Yes
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 93
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Table 4.8 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 91 for details on the tuning mode selection and the tuning process.
Table 4.8 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T2-
01)
Input
Input Value Unit 2 11
Parameter 0 1
Motor Data input Stationary Stationary Stator Rotational Back
Resistance EMF Constant
Control Method A1-02 - 7 7 7 7
Motor Rated Power T2-04 kW Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Voltage T2-05 Vac Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Current T2-06 A Yes Yes Yes No
Number of Motor Poles T2-08 - Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Speed T2-09 r/min Yes Yes No No
Stator 1 Phase Resistance T2-10 Ω Yes No No No
d-axis Inductance T2-11 mH Yes No No No
q-axis Inductance T2-12 mH Yes No No No
Voltage Constant <1> T2-13 mVs/rad (el.) Yes No No No
Voltage Constant <1> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) Yes No No No
Encoder Resolution (Pulses per Revolution) T2-16 - Yes Yes No No
Encoder Offset T2-17 deg (mech.) Yes Yes No No
<1> Only parameter T2-13 or T2-14 has to be input. Select one and leave the other empty.
94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing Stationary Auto-Tuning for motor data or encoder offset, the motor does not
rotate, however, power is applied. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in dead or
serious injury from electrical shock.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not release the mechanical brake during Stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent brake
release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not controlled by
the drive multi-function digital outputs exclusively.
• Always try to perform Rotational Auto-Tuning as it gives more accurate results than Non-Rotating Auto-Tuning.
Rotation Auto-Tuning should be performed whenever the motor can be uncoupled from the elevator mechanical
system (remove ropes from traction sheave). When motor and mechanical system can not be uncoupled, use a
Stationary Auto-Tuning method.
• Make sure that the mechanical brake is kept applied for all Stationary Auto-Tuning methods. Make sure to release the
brake for all Rotational Auto-Tuning methods.
• Motor contactors must be closed during the Auto-Tuning process.
• H1 and H2 signals must be ON when performing Auto-Tuning.
• A digital input programmed for Baseblock (H1-=8/9) must be set so that the drive is not in a baseblock condition.
• Confirm that the motor is mechanically fixed. Do not touch the motor until the Auto-Tuning process is complete.
Voltage is applied to the motor during the tuning process, even though the motor may not be rotating.
• Auto-Tuning can be cancelled any time by pressing the STOP key on the digital operator.
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is
available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be greater than the motor rated voltage.
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the
input supply voltage. This is particularly important when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high torque
precision is required.
• Make sure the area around the motor is clear of personnel and any equipment before starting the tuning.
• The motor should be fully stopped. Personal injury may result if the motor is already in motion when Auto-Tuning is
executed.
Start-Up Programming
• For all Rotating Auto-Tuning modes remove the lock key from the motor shaft when tuning a motor with no gear or
traction sheave mounted.
• Table 4.10 describes digital input and output terminal operation while Auto-Tuning is executed.
& Operation
Table 4.10 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Rotational Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled. Functions the same as during normal operation
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
4
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
IM Motor Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Motor Data Input Digital input functions are disabled. Digital output functions are disabled.
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Stator Resistance Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
PM Motor Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameters Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Rotational Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled. Functions the same as during normal operation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 95
4.5 Auto-Tuning
A B
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALM
- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy - MODE - DRV
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Tune Proceeding
X.XX Hz/ X.XXA Er-03
STOP key
FWD FWD RESET
YEG
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Speed Ref (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00%
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD
- MODE - PRG
Auto-Tuning
2.
Press the or key until the Auto-Tuning display appears. AUTO
- A.TUNE - PRG
Tuning Mode
3. Press to begin setting parameters.
T1-01= 0 ∗0∗
Standard Tuning
- A.TUNE - PRG
Tuning Mode
4. T1-01= 0 ∗0∗
Press to select the value for T1-01. Standard Tuning
“0”
FWD
5.
Save the setting by pressing . Entry Accepted
- A.TUNE - PRG
Tuning Mode
6. The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3. T1-01= 0 ∗0∗
Standard Tuning
Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
1. T1-02= 3.70kW
Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“3.70kW”
ESC FWD DATA
96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
2. T1-02= 003.70kW
Press to view the default setting. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“3.70kW”
FWD
- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
3. Press F1 , F2 , , and to enter the motor power nameplate data in kW. T1-02= 004.00kW
left right (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“3.70kW”
FWD
4.
Press to save the setting. Entry Accepted
- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
5. The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1. T1-02= 4.00kW
(0.00 ~ 650.00)
“3.70kW”
ESC FWD DATA
- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
T1-02= 4.00kW
(0.00 ~ 650.00)
“3.70kW”
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters: ESC FWD DATA
• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage
• T1-04, Motor Rated Current
6.
• T1-05, Motor Base Frequency
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles
• T1-07, Motor Base Speed - A.TUNE - PRG
Rated Speed
T1-07= 1450RPM
(0 ~ 24000)
“1450RPM”
ESC FWD DATA
Note: For details on each setting, Refer to Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 on page 98.
■ Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death
or serious injury. Ensure the areas surrounding the drive, motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with
the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.
Start-Up Programming
WARNING! When performing Rotational Auto-Tuning for motor data or encoder offset, always uncouple the motor from the
mechanical system (remove ropes from traction sheave). Performing Rotational Auto-Tuning with the mechanical system connected to
the motor can cause hazardous situations, injury to personnel and damage to the equipment.
& Operation
NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the load. Failure to comply could result in
improper operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 7 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”. 4
Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - DRV
Auto-Tuning
1. 0.00 Hz/ 0.00A
After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm. Tuning Ready ?
Press RUN key
ESC FWD
- MODE - DRV
FWD RESET
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 97
4.5 Auto-Tuning
98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
<1> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) in the drive models 2A0018 to 0033 and 4A0009 to 0018 (refer to Table A.1 and Table A.2),
and one decimal place (0.1 A) in the drive models 2A0047 to 0145 and 4A0024 to 0091
Start-Up Programming
Sets the rated slip for the motor.
The default setting displayed is the motor rated slip for a Yaskawa motor calculated from the output power set in T1-02.
& Operation
Enter the data listed on the motor test report.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 99
4.5 Auto-Tuning
100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
0: mV/min-1
1: mVs/rad
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor
Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-24 to 0.0.
Start-Up Programming
T2-17 Encoder Offset -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 101
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Different speed reference settings can be selected by combining the three digital inputs as shown in the table below.
Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.
0 = Off, 1 = On
Setting d1-18 = 0
Eight separate speed settings (defined in parameters d1-01 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals.
Setting d1-18 = 3
Seven separate speeds settings (defined in parameters d1-02 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals. The
drive stops when no speed is selected (i.e., all speed selection inputs are switched off).
■ Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2)
With this setting, six different speeds (defined in the parameters d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26) can be set and selected using
four digital inputs.
Start-Up Programming
Speed Selection
When d1-18 = 1 or 2, Multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.
& Operation
Terminal Parameter Number Set Value Details
S3 H1-03 50 Nominal speed (d1-19)
S5 H1-05 51 Intermediate speed
S6 H1-06 53 Leveling speed (d1-26)
4
Depending on the assignment of speed selection functions to the digital input (H1- settings) the different speed
settings can be selected like shown in the table below.
Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.
Leveling and Nominal Speed assigned (H1- Leveling speed not assigned (H1- Nominal Speed not assigned (H1-
Selected Speed =50 and H1-=53) ≠ 53) ≠ 50)
50 51 52 53 50 51 52 51 52 53
Nominal Speed (d1-19) 1 0 0 A 1 0 0 0 0 0
Intermediate Speed 1 (d1-20) 0 1 0 A 0 1 0 1 0 0
Intermediate Speed 2 (d1-21) 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Intermediate Speed 3 (d1-22) 0 1 1 A 0 1 1 1 1 0
Releveling Speed (d1-23) 0 0 1 A 0 0 1 0 1 0
Leveling Speed (d1-26) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 B B B
Zero Speed 0 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
0 = Off, 1 = On, A = 0 when d1-18 = 2 and no influence when d1-18=1, B = no influence, N/A = Not available
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 103
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Higher Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- = 53) (Default)
The higher speed has priority over the leveling speed, meaning, the leveling signal is disregarded as long as any other
speed selection input is active. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference
signal is removed.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed
Selected speed (other than leveling)
Input is set No effect
Higher Speed Priority is Selected and the Leveling Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- ≠ 53)
The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed.
If no speed reference is selected at start the drive will trigger an “FrL” fault. To disable Speed Reference Missing (FrL)
detection, set parameter S6-15 to “0”. With this setting the drive starts using leveling speed if no other speed reference is
selected.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Leveling Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- = 53)
The leveling signal has priority over other speed references. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the
leveling speed selection input is activated. The drive stops when either the leveling input or the Up/Down command is
released.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed Leveling speed has priority
Leveling Speed Priority is Selected and the Nominal Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- ≠ 50)
The drive runs at nominal speed (d1-19) when no speed selection input is set. When the leveling speed signal is set, the
drive decelerates to the leveling speed. The leveling speed signal has priority over all other speed signals.
CAUTION! This sequence can be risky if the speed selection doesn’t work for some reason (broken wire, etc.)
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
position lock position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed
104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
C2-03
(Jerk at
C2-02 Decel Start)
(Jerk at
Accel End) C2-04
(Jerk at
C2-01 Decel End) C2-05 (Jerk Below Leveling Speed)
C1-01
(Jerk at (Accel Ramp 1)
Accel Start) d1-26 (Leveling Speed)
C1-02
(Decel Ramp 1)
Figure 4.13 Accel/Decel Ramp and the Jerk Function
Units used to set the acceleration and deceleration ramp as well as the Jerk function change with the setting of parameter
o1-03. Refer to Digital Operator Display Unit Selection on page 89.
◆ Inspection Operation
■ Start in Inspection Operation
Start-Up Programming
Inspection operation is performed when an Up or Down signal is input while one of the conditions below is true.
• Parameter d1-18 is set to 0 or 3 and the selected speed is higher than d1-28 but lower than d1-29.
& Operation
• Parameter d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and a digital input programmed for Inspection Operation Speed (H1- = 54) is
enabled.
Inspection Operation uses the same acceleration characteristics and brake sequence at start as normal operation.
4
The carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz during Inspection Operation but can be changed using parameter C6-21.
■ Stop in Inspection Mode
To stop the drive during Inspection Operation, either remove the Up or Down command or reset the input terminal for
Inspection Operation.
A deceleration ramp can be set up for Inspection Operation using parameter C1-15.
• If C1-15 = 0.00, the drive immediately applies the brake, shuts off the drive output, and opens the motor contactor, i.e.
multi-function output terminals set for “Brake Control” (H2- = 50) and “Output Contactor Control” (H2- =
51) are cleared.
• If C1-15 > 0.00, the drive decelerates to stop at the rate set to C1-15, then applies the brake, shuts the output off, and
opens the motor contactor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 105
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Inspection Operation without Decel Ramp (C1-15=0) Inspection Operation with Decel Ramp (C1-15>0)
Speed Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9) and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
H1- = 54 (Inspection Operation) H1- = 54 (Inspection Operation)
<1> <1>
Up/Down command Up/Down command
H2- = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.) H2- = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)
H2- = 50 (Brake Control) H2- = 50 (Brake Control)
<1> The drive stops if either of the signals Up/Down command or Inspection Operation is removed.
Figure 4.14 Inspection Operation Sequence
◆ Brake Sequence
The drive supports two types of brake sequences, one with torque compensation at start using an analog input terminal
(H3- = 14) and one without torque compensation at start.
■ Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation
To have the brake sequence operate without torque compensation, do not set any of the analog input terminals for
“Torque compensation” (H3- = 14).
Figure 4.12
S1-04 S1-05
S1-10 (DC Injection/ Selected Speed (DC Injection
(Up/Down Command PositionLock Braking/Position
Time at Start) Lock Time at stop) S1-11
Delay Time) d1-26 (Output Contactor
DC Injection Braking/ (Leveling Speed) DC Injection/ Open Delay Time)
Position Lock at Start Position Lock at Stop
Speed
S1-06 S1-07
(Brake (Brake
Release Close
Delay
Time) Delay
Up/Down Command Time)
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Output Contactor Control
(H2-= 51)
Motor Contactor Response
(H1-= 56)
Brake Control (H2-= 50)
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9
Enabled
106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9
Enabled
Start-Up Programming
Above, Figure 4.16 is divided into time zones. Below, Table 4.12 explains the sequence in each time zone.
Table 4.12 Time Zones for Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation at Start
& Operation
Time Zone Description
Up or Down command is issued.
Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC must be set and Baseblock must be disabled (digital inputs set to H1-=8/9).
Speed reference must be selected by multi-function input terminals.
t1 Output contactor control signal is set (H2-=51) by the drive.
Drive waits for the “Motor Contactor Feedback” signal (H1- = 56) to be issued. If the motor contactor feedback is not received within t1, or if the feedback signal
is on before the contactor control command has been issued, an SE1 fault is triggered.
4
If the motor contactor feedback signal is not used, then the drive waits for the operation start delay time set in S1-10 to pass, then proceeds the next step.
The drive reads the torque value from the analog input (load cell).
Once the delay time set in S1-10 has passed, the drive outputs current to the motor. Position Lock begins.
The torque value from the analog input is latched and internal torque compensation value is increased from zero to the latched value using the time constant set in S3-
t2
10.
Once the internal torque compensation level reaches the latched value, the drive sets the “Brake Control” output (H2-=50) in order to release the brake.
t3 The brake is released and the drive executes Position Lock until the time set in S1-04 has passed.
The drive accelerates up to the selected speed.
t4 Once the torque compensation fade-out speed level (S3-14) is reached during acceleration, the internal torque compensation value is reduced in accordance with the
time constant set in S3-10.
t5 Leveling speed is selected. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed and maintains that speed until the Up or Down command is removed.
t6 The Up or Down signal is cleared. The drive decelerates to zero speed.
The motor speed reaches the zero speed level (S1-01).
t7 DC Injection Braking or Position Lock is then executed for the time set in S1-05.
After the delay time to apply the brake set in S1-07 has passed, the drive clears the “Brake Control” output (H2- = 50). The brake applies.
t8 The drive continues DC Injection or Position Lock until the time S1-05 has passed. When S1-05 has passed the drive output is shut off.
Once the delay for the magnetic contactor set in S1-11 has passed, the drive resets the output terminal set for “Output Contactor Control” (H2- = 51).
t9
The Safe Disable Inputs can be cleared and Baseblock can be enabled.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 107
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Before the torque compensation function can be used, the analog input scaling must be adjusted to the load cell output.
This can be done by bringing the elevator into two different load conditions and teaching corresponding analog input
value and torque reference value to the drive.
Note: 1. This torque compensation requires a closed loop control mode (CLV, CLV/PM).
2. The torque compensation value is limited to 120%.
Set an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3- = 14) and proceed with the steps below.
Procedure for Load Condition 1 (S3-27, S3-29)
1. Make sure the drive is wired properly. For instructions, see Standard Connection Diagram on page 48.
2. Set the speed reference to 0%.
3. Apply no weight to the elevator car.
4. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the input the load is connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for
terminal A2)
5. Give the elevator an Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car
should be hold in place when the brake releases.
6. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.
7. Stop the drive.
8. Set the value noted in step 4 to parameter S3-29. Set the value noted in step 6 to parameter S3-27.
Procedure for Load Condition 2 (S3-28, S3-30)
1. Set the speed reference to 0%.
2. Apply load to the car has much as possible (at least 50% of the maximum weight).
3. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the input the load is connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for
terminal A2)
4. Give the elevator an Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car
should be hold in place when the brake releases.
5. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.
6. Stop the drive.
7. Set the value noted in step 3 to parameter S3-30. Set the value noted in step 5 to parameter S3-28.
After setting load conditions 1 and 2 perform trial runs. If required, parameter S3-12 can be set up to add a bias to the
load cell input when riding in Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and down
direction). Below, Figure 4.16 illustrates how torque compensation is affected by the settings of S3-12 and S3-27
through S3-30.
Figure 4.14
S3-27
(Torque Compensation Value
with Load Condition 1) During load condition 1
Figure 4.17 Torque Compensation at start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction
108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
π nr_Mot
Motor Acceleration Time n5-02 n5-02 = JMot • JMot - Motor inertia in kgm2
30 Tr_Mot • nr_Mot - Rated motor speed in min-1
• Tr_Mot - Rated motor torque in Nm
30 vr_Elev 2 • JTS - Traction sheave inertia in kgm2
ΣJ = JTS i2 + Σm • i - Gear ratio (nLoad/nMot)
π nr_Mot
Inertia Compensation Gain n5-03 • vr_Elev - Rated elevator speed in m/s
• Σm - Mass of all moved parts (car, counterweight, ropes, load <1>) in kg
n5-03 = ΣJ / JMot
<1> Insert 0 kg for the load to calculate the lowest setting, insert the elevator rated load to calculate the maximum setting for n5-03. Use the lower
Start-Up Programming
setting for initial trials.
4. Change the setting of n5-03 within the limits calculated in step 3 until the desired performance is achieved.
If possible trace the output speed after soft starter (U1-16) and the motor speed (U1-05) values. Increase n5-03 if the
& Operation
motor speed does not follow the speed after soft start. Decrease n5-03 if the motor overshoots the designated speed at
the end of acceleration or undershoots the speed at the end of deceleration.
■ Adjusting Position Lock at Start (CLV/PM)
4
Set the S3- and C5- parameters as described below in order to reduce rollback effects at start.
• With the unloaded elevator car, adjust the speed loop gain (C5-19) and integral time for Position Lock (C5-20).
Increase the gain and reduce the integral time in order to reduce the rollback of the car. Set them in the opposite way if
vibration occurs.
• Adjust the Position Lock at start gain 2 (S3-02). Increase S3-02 if rollback occurs, decrease it if vibration occurs.
• If the elevator is balanced and oscillation at start occurs, try gradually increasing the setting in S3-40 in steps of one
pulse.
◆ Rescue Operation
In the event of a power outage, Rescue Operation allows the elevator to travel to the nearest floor by switching to a
backup battery or UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supply) for power.
An input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55) can be used to initiate Rescue Operation. During Rescue
Operation, the drive uses the speed reference set in d1-25 to travel to the nearest floor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 109
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
NOTICE: When changing parameters while the drive is supplied from the rescue operation power supply, wait at least 5 s after
entering parameters before switching off the power supply. Instantly switching off the power can cause parameter settings corruption
that can only be resolved by initializing the drive.
■ Parameter Setup
Adjust drive parameters as described below when using rescue operation.
• Select the type of rescue operation power supply for the drives main circuit in parameter S4-06.
• When using a UPS, set the UPS power value to parameter S4-07. Use parameter S4-08 to decide if the rescue operation
speed shall be limited automatically depending on the UPS power.
• If deterioration of the battery or UPS shall be detected, also set up parameters S4-12 and S4-13. Measure the DC bus
voltage during operation using the rescue power supply and set the measured value to parameter S4-12. Set the
deterioration detection level to parameter S4-13.
• Set parameters S4-01 to S4-04 if light load direction search shall be automatically performed when rescue operation is
started.
■ Wiring Examples
Switching the power supply to a battery or UPS requires some magnetic contactors that must be controlled by an external
controller. Wiring methods and the sequence used for the magnetic contactors depend on the application. This instruction
manual describes the following settings:
• A single-phase, 230 V UPS is used as backup power supply for a 200 V or 400 V class drive.
• Two separate batteries for the main power and control power supplies. Main power battery voltage is below 250 Vdc
for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives.
• Two separate batteries. One is used for the main power supply, a second battery supplies the controller via an optional
24 V Backup Power Supply Unit.
• A single battery with minimum 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives is used for the main
and control power supply.
110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Select the setup that matches your application, and follow the corresponding instructions for wiring and drive settings.
For applications not covered in the list above, contact your Yaskawa representative or our sales office directly for
consultation.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Never remove or install option cards
or attempt to replace the cooling fan while the drive is switched on. Make sure that the drive and all devices connected to the drive
have been shut off prior to performing and type of maintenance or wiring. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of
time specified on the drive before touching any components or perform wiring. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off.
NOTICE: Be sure to thoroughly read the instructions for wiring and magnetic contactor sequence described in this section before
setting up the drive for Rescue Operation. Failure to follow these instructions can damage the drive.
NOTICE: Refrain from using Rescue Operation for extend periods of time. Rescue Operation uses a low DC bus voltage, which can
cause the cooling fan to shut off temporarily during Rescue Operation. Continuing to operate under these conditions can trigger an
overheat fault and damage the drive.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 111
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Elevat or
cont rol
syst em Magnetic L1000
contactor A B2
N UPS
sine wave
230 Vac
single-phase +1
+2 U/T1
R/L1
L1 V/T2
S/L2
L2 W/T3
T/L3
L3
Magnetic -
contactor B
Power supply Control
CN19 circuit
1
H1- = غغ55 S3 to S8
(Rescue Operation) SC
Magnetic Contactor A
H1- = غغ55
(Rescue Operation)
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescue Operation
• First open contactor B.
• Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Close contactor A.
• Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
• After the car has stopped open contactor A.
• Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
Possible Problems
There may be problems with a control power supply fault (Uv2) if the UPS can’t provide enough voltage, or if the Light
Load Direction Search is not set properly. If this problem occurs, take the following corrective actions:
• Use a separate battery for the controller power supply
Use a battery with a voltage higher than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives and connect
it to the control power supply input (CN19). Alternatively use a 24 Vdc battery and an optional 24 V Backup Power
Supply Unit.
• Enable Light Load Direction Search (S4-01 = 1).
112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
■ Using Separate Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply, DC Bus Battery under 250
Vdc (500 Vdc)
Follow the instructions below when using separate batteries for Rescue Operation with the battery for the DC bus having
a lower voltage than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 500 Vdc for 400V class drives.
Wiring
Follow the wiring diagram shown in Figure 4.19. When connecting the battery for the control power supply to the
L1000A, use the 1.1 m cable packaged with the product. The connector cover must first be removed in order to access
connection port CN19 for the battery. For instructions on removing the cover, see Connecting the Drive and Battery on
page 116.
Figure 4.16
L1000
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
+1
+2 U/T1
DC bus power supply
Battery for DC bus R/L1
L1 V/T2
48 to 340 Vdc
S/L2
96 to 680 Vdc L2 W/T3
T/L3
L3
Magnetic contactor B -
Control
Magnetic contactor C Power supply
CN19 circuit
Battery for 1
control circuit
250 to 340 Vdc
(500 to 680 Vdc 4
5s 0.5 s
Magnetic Contactor A
Magnetic Contactor C
Start-Up Programming
H1- = غغ55
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.19 Wiring Two Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply (DC Bus Battery is less than 250 V)
& Operation
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescue Operation
• Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.
• Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55). 4
• Close contactors A and C.
• Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
• After the car has stopped open contactors A and C.
• Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 113
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
■ Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit
Follow the instructions below when using a 24 V Power Supply Unit option for the control circuit and a battery for the
main circuit. The main circuit battery voltage must be higher than 48 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 96 Vdc for 400 V
class drives.
Wiring
Yaskawa offers a 24 V Power Supply Unit for the control circuit that useful in applications unable to connect to a backup
battery greater than 250 V. Wiring instructions can be found in Figure 4.20. For a more detailed explanation of the 24 V
Power Supply Unit, see the manual that accompanied the product.
Figure 4.17
L1000
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
+1
S3㨪S8
H1- = غغ55
(Rescue Operation) SC
5s 0.5 s
Magnetic Contactor A
Magnetic Contactor C
H1- = غغ55
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.20 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescued Operation
• Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.
• Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Close contactors A and C.
• Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
• After the car has stopped open contactors A and C.
• Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
L1000A
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
Magnetic contactor B -
Power supply Control
CN19 circuit
1
Magnetic Contactor A
H1- = غغ55
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.21 Using a Backup Battery With Minimum 250 Vdc (500 Vdc)
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescue Operation
Start-Up Programming
• First open contactor B.
• Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
& Operation
• Close contactor A.
• Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
• After the car has stopped open contactor A. 4
• Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
• Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 115
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
DANGER! Make sure to switch off the power supply when before wiring and connecting the battery cable. Failure to comply may lead
to dead or serious injury.
NOTICE: A straight-edge screwdriver should be inserted into the opening provided on the connector cover at the proper angle.
Attempting to insert the screwdriver blade at a different angle could damage internal equipment.
Figure 4.19
NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable,
or connector.
Figure 4.20
116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
3. Use a pair of shears to cut an opening in the connector cover that allows the cable to pass through. The cable
should pass through the connector cover with the cover fastened to the drive.
Figure 4.21
Start-Up Programming
Connect
to battery
& Operation
4
Figure 4.26 Drive and Battery Connection Complete
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 117
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Screw
Connector
cover
Straight-edge
screwdriver
118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable,
or connector.
Figure 4.27
Port CN19
Battery cable
Start-Up Programming
Figure 4.29
Downward Leftward
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 119
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
7. Use a Phillips screwdriver (M4) to fasten the screw that holds the connector cover in place.
NOTICE: Never use any other screw than the one provided to fasten the connector cover into place. Another type of screw has a
chance of coming into contact with drive components, and could damage the drive.
Figure 4.30
Connect
to battery
120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Up command (internal) Up Up
Start-Up Programming
H1- = غغ55 Off (open) On (closed)
(Rescue Operation)
& Operation
Speed agree torque calculations
Up command (internal) Up
4
Down command (internal) Down
Elevator moves in the
direction of the light load
H2- = 55 Off (open) On (closed)
㧔Light Load Direction Search status㧕
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 121
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
• Scroll to A1-04. Press the STOP button and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.
◆ Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Up/down Command
■ Motor Does Not Rotate
122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
The STOP button is enabled (o2-02=1) • When the STOP button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
and was pressed when the drive was started • Switch off the Up/down command and then re-enter a new Up/down command.
from a REMOTE source. • o2-02 is set to 0 by default, i.e. the Stop button is disabled.
Start-Up Programming
Cause Possible Solutions
The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected con- • Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 93.
& Operation
trol mode. • Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.
◆ Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Putting Out Voltage
Cause
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
Possible Solutions
4
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power. Refer to Input-Side Noise Filter on page 286.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive. Refer to Output-Side Noise Filter on page 287.
PWM switching in the drive generates exces-
• Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
sive noise.
• Ground the drive and motor properly.
• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 123
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
Start-Up Programming
noise from the motor set higher than the default setting, a current derating must be considered.
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 125
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
Parameter Setting
No. Description Default
Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only. A1-01 and A1-04 can be set and monitored, U- parameters can also be viewed.
Access Level
A1-01 1: User Parameters. Only those recently changed among application parameters A2-01 to A2-16 and A2-17 to A2 -32 0 to 2 2
Selection
can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.
Parameters selected by the user are saved as User Parameters. This includes recently viewed parameters or parameters
specifically selected for quick access.
A2-01
User Parameters If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17 and A2-32. Parameters A2-01 A1-00 to
to –
1 to 32 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user. o4-13
A2-32
If A2-33 is set to 0, then recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the group of User Parameters. A2- parame-
ters are now available for manual programming.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters.
User Parameter
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for
A2-33 Automatic Selec- 0, 1 1
quick access. The most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-17. The second most recently changed parameter is
tion
saved to A2-18.
126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
◆ Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive
supports the following copy options:
• LCD Operator (standard in all models)
The LCD operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to o3: Copy Function on page 205 for details.
• USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those
settings to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a
PC, or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications.
Refer to the manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.
• DriveWizard Plus
DriveWizard is a PC software tool for parameter management, monitoring, and diagnosis. DriveWizard can load, store,
and copy drive parameter settings. For details, refer to Help in the DriveWizard software.
Note: To obtain the driver and software of USB Copy Unit, CopyUnitManager and DriveWizardPlus, access these sites:
China: http://www.yaskawa.com cn
Europe: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
Japan: http://www.e-mechatronics.com
Other areas: contact a Yaskawa representative.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 127
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 129
5.1 A: Initialization
5.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.
◆ A1: Initialization
■ A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 2: German
Setting 3: French
Setting 4: Italian
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
Setting 7: Chinese
■ A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
Used to control an induction motor without encoder feedback. Provides basic performance with minimum tuning effort.
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
Used to control an induction motor without encoder feedback. Provides higher performance than V/f control but tuning
might require more effort.
130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Setting 0: No initialization
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Drive parameters are reset to values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03
is set to “1: Set defaults”.
Note: A “user-initialization” resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To
clear the user-defined default values, set parameter o2-03 to 2.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and
Reverse run, respectively.
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings
saved in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the
terminal block memory, set A1-02 to 5550.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization
No. Parameter Name
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
E5-02 Motor Rated Capacity (for PM)
Parameter Details
E5-03 Motor Rated Current (for PM)
E5-04 Motor Poles (for PM)
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (for PM)
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (for PM)
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (for PM)
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (for PM)
F6-08 Communications Parameter Initialization
L8-35 Installation Selection
5
o2-04 Drive Model Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 131
5.1 A: Initialization
The instructions below demonstrate how to set a new password. Here, the password set is “1234”. An explanation
follows on how to enter the password to unlock the parameters.
Table 5.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Speed Ref (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00%
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD
- MODE - PRG
Programming
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA
-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
3. A1-00=0
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree. Select Language
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Language
4. Select the flashing digits by pressing F1 , F2 or . A1-00=0 ∗0∗
left right English
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
5. Select A1-04 by pressing .
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
Press the key while holding down at the same time. A1-05 will appear. A1- 05 = 04
6. (0~9999)
“0”
Note: Because A1-05 is hidden, it will not be displayed by simply pressing the key.
←“05” flashes→
FWD
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
7. Press the key.
A1- 05 = 0000
(0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
8. Use F1 , F2 , , and to enter the password. A1-05= 1234
(0~9999)
left right “0”
← FWD
→
9.
Press to save what was entered. Entry Accepted
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
10. The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 5. A1- 05 = 1234
(0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-02 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step Display/Result
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
1.
Press to display A1-02. Open Loop Vector
← FWD
→
“02” flashes
2.
Press to make sure that the setting values cannot be selected.
132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Step Display/Result
- MODE - PRG
Programming
3. Press to return to the first display.
HELP FWD DATA
Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 4 above)
Step Display/Result
-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
1. A1-00=0
Press to enter the parameter setup display. Select Language
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Select Language
A1-00=0 ∗0∗
2. Press F1 , F2 or to select the flashing digits as shown. English
left right
←“00”FWD →
flashes
-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
3. A1- 04 = 0
Press to scroll to A1-04 and . (0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
4. Enter the password “1234”. A1- 04 = 1234
(0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
5.
Press to save the new password. Entry Accepted
-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
6. Drive returns to the parameter display. A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
“0”
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
7. A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Press and scroll to A1-02. Open Loop Vector
← FWD
→
Parameter Details
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
8. A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “2” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked. Open Loop Vector
← FWD
→
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
9.
Use or to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is not typically done).
A1-02= 0 ∗2∗
V/F Control
“2”
5
← FWD
V/f
→
10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes. Entry Accepted
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
11. The display automatically returns to the parameter display. A1-02= 0 ∗0∗
V/F Control
← FWD
→
Note: Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-wire initialization resets the password to
“0000”. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 133
5.1 A: Initialization
134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
5.2 b: Application
◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection
■ b1-01: Speed Reference Selection
Use parameter b1-01 to select the speed reference source for the REMOTE mode.
Note: If a Up/Down command is input to the drive but the speed reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN
indicator LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
Parameter Details
When b1-01 = 2, the speed reference is given to the drive using MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0002h. Setting the speed
reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus requires parameter d1-18 to be set to 0.
Note: If preset speeds set in the d1- parameters shall be switched over via MEMOBUS/Modbus, parameter b1-01 must be set to 0.
Additionally digital inputs must be programmed for speed selection. The desired speed can be selected by switching these digital
inputs using the MEMOBUS/Modbus operation command (0001h).
Setting 3: Option card 5
When b1-01 = 3, the drive looks to a serial network option card for the speed reference. Setting the speed reference from
a communication option card requires parameter d1-18 to be set to 0.
Note: 1. If preset speeds set in the d1- parameters shall be switched over via a communication option card, parameter b1-01 must be set to
0. Additionally digital inputs must be programmed for speed selection. The desired speed can be selected by switching these digital
inputs using the drive operation command (refer to the option card manual for details).
2. If the speed reference source is set for an option card (b1-01 = 3), but an option card is not installed, an OPE05 Operator
Programming Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 135
5.2 b: Application
Setting 0: Operator
Allows the user to enter the Up or Down command from the digital operator. Use this setting when performing a test run
only.
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
Up and Down commands are issued from the control circuit terminals. This is the standard setting used in most elevator
applications.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Up and Down commands are issued via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 3: Option Card
Up and Down commands are issued over a network to the drive via a serial communications option card..
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option card is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the
digital operator and the drive will not run.
136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 0: Disabled
A Up/Down command is not accepted while the digital operator is in the Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Up/Down command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be
displayed during Run.
■ b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. Switching motor phases will reverse the direction
of the motor. This parameter can be used to switch the direction of the Up and Down commands.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value 0 to 1000% 0%
When an Up/Down command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to
b2-08 to E2-03 within the time set to S1-04.
Figure 5.1
5
Output Speed
b2-08 common_TMonly
E2-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference Time
S1-04
Figure 5.1 Magnetic Flux Compensation
Note that the level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor
rated current, whichever value is smaller.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 137
5.2 b: Application
Note: 1. If b2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2. If b2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to S1-02.
3. As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, b2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable.
OFF ON OFF
Up/Down Command
common_TMonly
b6-01 b6-03
Output Speed
b6-02 b6-04
138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Speed
Speed reference
Torque
0 100%
Figure 5.4 Droop Control Gain
Parameter Details
b7-02 Droop Control Delay Time 0.03 to 2.00 s 0.05 s
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 139
5.2 b: Application
140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
5.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics, as well as Jerk. Other parameters in this
group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
Figure 5.5 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel ramps. The example below requires that the stopping
method be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Parameter Details
Figure 5.5
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
Up/Down
command
ON OFF ON
Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 1
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1- = “7”)
ON
Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 2
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1- = “1A”)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 141
5.3 C: Tuning
Output Speed
common_TMonly
C1-11
Accel/Decel
Switching Speed
142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
<1> The setting range and default value depend on the display units set in parameter o1-03. If o1-03 is set between 0 and 4, the time required to go
from 0% speed to 100% maximum speed is expressed in seconds. If o1-03 is set to 5 or 6, then setting units will appear in m/s2 or ft/s2. If the
drive is in V/f control mode, the inspection deceleration ramp can be set in seconds only.
C2-01
Time
Parameter Details
When o1-03 is set to between 0 and 4, the jerk settings are expressed in seconds. Then the actual accel/decel time
including jerk settings can be calculated as follows:
Actual accel ramp = accel ramp setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2
Actual decel ramp = decel ramp setting + (C2-03 + C2-04) / 2
5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 143
5.3 C: Tuning
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (speed reference ≤ E1-06). In the constant
power range (speed reference ≥ E1-06), it is increased based on C3-03 and the output speed as shown in the following
diagram.
Figure 5.8
E1-04
E1-06 × C3-03
C3-03
common_TMonly
Output speed
E1-06 E1-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. The actual motor speed might be higher than the speed reference.
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 2 Hz. The
drive uses the motor rated slip set in E2-02 to automatically calculate the frequency range where compensation will be
disabled.
■ C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function can help improve the speed
precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds. When this function is enabled, the reduction in flux causes a slightly
higher current at high speed. Keep this in mind when selecting the drive.
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter Details
voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Torque Compensation in OLV:
The drive controls the motor excitation current (d-axis current) and torque producing current (q-axis current) separately.
Torque compensation affects the torque producing current only. C4-01 works as a factor of the torque reference value that
builds the torque producing current reference.
5
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be adjusted, changing the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 may
help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so that the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: Refrain from adjusting torque compensation in Open Loop Vector Control, as it can have a negative effect on torque accuracy.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 145
5.3 C: Tuning
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.
■ C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with a
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function when the load
pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward Up/Down command. Setting of 0.0% disables this feature.
Torque limits
C5-01, C5-03, C5-13, C5-19
+ + Torque reference
Primary
Speed reference P filter
- I +
common_TMonly
I limit
C5-06
L7-01 to L7-04
Detected speed C5-02, C5-04, C5-08
C5-14, C5-20
Figure 5.9 Speed Control Block Diagram
146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
The drive provides three different gain and integral time settings for the speed loop. They are automatically switched
over if the switching speed in parameter C5-07 is set larger than 0% (default: 0% for CLV, 2% for CLV/PM). If no
switching speed is defined (C5-07 = 0) the drive will use one set of speed loop parameters only (C5-01/02).
However, in order to achieve adequate performance in all sections of a trip, for the most installations it will be necessary
to use two or all three sets of speed loop settings.
Additional Speed loop settings are provided for Position Lock. Those can be used to prevent rollback especially in
gearless applications.
Also refer to C5-01, C5-03, C5-13 / C5-02, C5-04, C5-14: Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1, 2, 3 / Speed
Control Loop Integral Time 1, 2, 3 on page 147.
Perform the following steps for adjusting Speed Control Loop parameters:
1. Check parameter C5-07 and set a speed loop setting switching point. For CLV/PM the drive is preset to 2%. For
CLV set C5-07 between 8~10%.
2. Start a trip and check for any problems like rollback, vibration, overshoot, etc.
3. Adjust C5-19/20 in order to solve rollback problems during Position Lock right before the motor starts
accelerating. Increase C5-19, then shorten C5-20 if the motor rolls back right after the brake releases. Set them
in the opposite way if vibration occurs. If the rollback can not be eliminated by setting C5-19/10, refer to
parameters S3-01/02 (Position Lock Gains at Start).
4. Adjust C5-03/04 in order to improve the performance at start after Position Lock has been finished. Increase C5-
03, then shorten C5-04 if the speed response is slow. Set them in the opposite way if vibration occurs.
5. Adjust C5-01/02 in order to solve problems that occur at speeds higher than C5-07. Increase C5-01, then
shorten C5-02 if overshoot when reaching the top speed occurs. Set them in the opposite way if vibration
occurs.
6. Adjust C5-13/14 in order to improve the stopping behavior. Increase C5-13, then shorten C5-14 if the landing
accuracy is poor. Adjust them in the opposite way if vibrations occur. If problems can not be resolved by setting
C5-13/14, refer to parameter S3-03 Position Lock Gain at Stop). Note that C5-13/14 settings will not be effective
if the speed reference is set from an analog input.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 until the desired riding comfort has been reached. Also refer to Riding Comfort Related
Problems on page 124.
■ C5-01, C5-03, C5-13 / C5-02, C5-04, C5-14: Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1, 2, 3 /
Speed Control Loop Integral Time 1, 2, 3
These parameters can be used to adjust the responsiveness of the Speed Control Loop.
Parameter Details
C5-03 Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by A1-02
C5-04 Speed Control Loop Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02
C5-13 Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 3 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by A1-02
C5-14 Speed Control Loop Integral Time 3 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 147
5.3 C: Tuning
P = C5-01
common_
P,I
I = C5-02 TMonly
P = C5-03
I = C5-04
Speed
0 C5-07
common_
P,I
P = C5-01
TMonly
I = C5-02
P = C5-13
I = C5-14
Speed
0 C5-07
■ C5-19, C5-20: Speed Control Loop P Gain Time, I Time during Position Lock
These two parameter are used to adjust the responsiveness of Speed Control Loop during Position Lock. Increase C5-19
and shorten C5-20 if the motor rolls back right after the brake releases. Set them in the opposite way if vibrations occur.
148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
0: 2-phase/3-phase conversion
1: 2-phase modulation
2: 3-phase modulation
Note: With the setting 2, the drives rated output current is reduced. Consult Yaskawa or your sales agency for details.
Setting 0: 5 kHz
Setting 1: Same value set to C6-03
■ C6-21: Inspection Operation Carrier Frequency
Sets the carrier frequency during Inspection Run.
Parameter Details
■ C6-23: Carrier Frequency during Initial Motor Pole Search
Sets the carrier frequency when estimating the initial polarity.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 149
5.4 d: Reference Settings
<1> Setting units and the default setting are determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display
Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
For details on multi-step speed selection, refer to Multi-Speed Inputs 1, 2 (d1-18 = 0 or 3) on page 103.
■ d1-19: Nominal Speed
Sets the nominal speed when a multi-function input terminal is programmed for “Nominal speed” (H1- = 50).
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
d1-26 Leveling Speed 0.00 to 100.00% <1> 8.00% <1>
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337.
5
■ d1-28: Leveling Speed Detection Level
When the speed priority selection in d1-18 is set to “0” or “3” and the speed reference value falls below the level set in
d1-28, the drive interprets the selected speed as levelling speed. This parameter must be set in order to be able to use the
Speed Control Loop settings 3 when d1-18 = 0/3. Also refer to C5: Speed Control Loop on page 146.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 151
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ d6-06: Field Forcing Limit
Sets the maximum level to what the Field Forcing function can boost the excitation current reference. The value is set as
a percentage of the motor no load current.
152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
(Approximate Values)
Voltage Setting Value of
E1-01 Braking Transistor Uv Detection Level
ov Detection Level
Operation Level (L2-05)
200 V Class All settings 410 V 394 V 190 V
setting ≥ 400 V 820 V 788 V 380 V
400 V Class
setting < 400 V 820 V 788 V 350 V
Note: The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. If an external CDBR braking chopper is
used, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.
Note: Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization (A1-03).
Parameter Details
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 10.0 to 120.0 Hz <1> <2>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> 190.0 V <3>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 120.0 Hz <2>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 120.0 Hz <2>
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> <2> <3> <4>
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 120.0 Hz <2>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> <3> <4>
5
E1-11 <5> Middle Output Frequency 2 0.0 to 120.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
E1-12 <5> Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> 0.0 V <3>
E1-13 Base Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> 0.0 V <3> <6>
<1> Setting range depends on the control mode being used. CLV allows a setting range of 10.0 to 120.0 Hz, while CLV/PM allows a setting range
of 4.0 to 120.0 Hz.
<2> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<3> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
<4> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<5> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
<6> Auto-Tuning will set E1-13 to the same value as E1-05.
The availability of the following parameters depends on the control mode.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 153
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
common_TMonly
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.12 V/f Pattern
Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the parameters are initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned
to their default values.
4. Parameters E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters
rarely need to be changed.
Note: 1. The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to
0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A
units.
2. If the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03, than a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E2-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.
154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-
L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150
display values in 0.1 A units.
Parameter Details
■ E2-08: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
then this value is automatically and set to E2-08. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 155
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-
L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150
display values in 0.1 A units.
Parameter Details
resistance into E5-05.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 157
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: 1. Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or if
neither parameter is set to 0.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Note: 1. Ensure that E5-09 = 0 when setting parameter E5-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or if
neither parameter is set to 0.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
■ F1-03, F1-08, F1-09: Overspeed (oS) Operation Selection, Detection Level, Delay Time
An overspeed error (oS) is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set
in F1-09. The stopping method when an overspeed fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-03.
Parameter Details
Parameter F1-03 Settings:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration ramp set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Emergency Stop (uses the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the “Alarm only” setting should be used only under special circumstances. 5
■ F1-04, F1-10, F1-11: Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the speed reference and the speed feedback
exceeds the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-11. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault
occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 159
5.6 F: Option Settings
Example: To have a ratio of 1/32 between the speed feedback option card pulse input and output, set F1-06 = 032.
Note: A common cause for a dv3 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct encoder offset has been entered to E5-11.
Note: A common cause for a dv4 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct encoder offset is set to E5-11.
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: After speed reference, SFS output and motor speed have matched once.
Setting 1: After speed reference, SFS output have matched once.
Setting 2: Always during Run.
■ F1-51: PGoH Detection Level
Sets the level for detecting PG Hardware Fault (PGoH).
Usually the relation between the sin and cos track is sin2θ + cos2θ = 1 . If the value of the square root falls below the
the level set in F1-51, a speed feedback hardware fault is detected. Available when F1-20 = 1.
0: Disabled
The R track is not used. The rotor magnet position is calculated from the C and D track signal only.
1: Enabled
The R track signals are used to determine the rotor magnet position.
Parameter Details
Determines the type of input for digital option card DI-A3 when o1-03 is set to 0 or 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 161
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: 8 bit
Setting 1: 12 bit
Setting 2: 16 bit
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 to 10 V
162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Parameter Details
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration ramp set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Emergency Stop (uses the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
■ F6-02: External Fault from Communication Option Detection Selection 5
Determines the detection method of an external fault (EF0) initiated by a communication option card.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 163
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6-
) are reset when the drive is initialized using parameter
A1-03.
Setting 0: Do not reset parameters F6-
when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6-
when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized, but does determine whether initializing the drive with A1-03 resets the other
communication parameters, F6-
.
◆ CANopen Parameters
Parameters F6-35 and F6-36 set up the drive to operate on a CANopen network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the CANopen Option Card (SI-S3) Installation Manual and Technical Manual.
164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
No. Parameter Name Default
Range
H1-03 Terminal S3 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-04 Terminal S4 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection 3 to 79 Determined by d1-18 <1>
H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-07 Terminal S7 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-08 Terminal S8 Function Selection 3 to 79 F: Through Mode
<1> With the speed reference priority d1-18 is set to 0 or 3, the default settings for parameters H1-03 to H1-07 governing input terminals S3 to S7
are: 24, 13, 3, 4, and 5 respectively. When d1-18 is set to 1 or 2, the default settings for H1-03 to H1-7 become 50, 54, 51, 53, and F
respectively.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 8 (N.C.) Baseblock (Interrupt output) Normal operation
Setting 9 (N.O.) Normal operation Baseblock (Interrupt output)
NOTICE: Because a Baseblock command shuts off output from the drive, a proper sequence must be set up so that the brake applies
properly prior to interrupting drive output. Failing to do so can cause the motor to suddenly coast when the Baseblock command is
entered, causing rollback, or the car to fall.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 165
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Up/Down/Stop
ON ON
Emergency-Stop
H1- = 17
ON ON
Decelerates at C1-09
common_
Output Speed TIME TMonly
Figure 5.13 Emergency Stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Emergency Stop time to C1-09.
166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-:
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 167
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped.
Closed An Up/Down command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
Status Description
Open Output speed is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or S1-01
Closed Output speed is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or S1-01
168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Note: When using CLV or CLV/PM control modes, the zero speed level is defined by S1-01. In all other control modes, the zero speed
level is the minimum output speed set to E1-09.
Figure 5.14
Output speed
or
motor speed E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency) or
S1-01 (Zero Speed Level)
common_
OFF
Zero Speed
ON
TMonly
Figure 5.14 Zero-Speed Time Chart
Setting 2: Speed agree 1 (fref/fout Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current speed
reference regardless of the direction.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed does not match the speed reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is within the range of speed reference ±L4-02.
Speed
reference
L4-02
Output speed
or motor speed
L4-02
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are not both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Closed Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.16
L4-01
Speed
reference +/- L4-02
User Set
OFF ON OFF ON
Speed Agree 1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 169
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.17
Output speed
or motor speed L4-02
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
common_
Speed
detection 1 ON OFF TMonly
Figure 5.17 Speed Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 185 for more details.
Setting 5: Speed Detection 2
Output closes whenever the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-01. The
terminal remains closed until the output speed or motor speed falls below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Closed Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-01.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.18
L4-01
L4-02
common_
Speed
Detection 2
OFF ON TMonly
Figure 5.18 Speed Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 185 for more details.
Setting 6: Drive ready
Output closes whenever the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed
below, and any Up/Down commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the drive’s internal power supply has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)
• When parameter L8-88 = 0 and at least one Safe Disable input is open
Setting 7: DC bus undervoltage
Output closes whenever the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level set in L2-05. A
fault in the DC bus circuit will also cause the terminal to set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.
170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05
Closed DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Status Description
Open Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Closed Baseblock is being executed.
Status Description
Open Speed reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01).
Closed Speed reference is being sourced from the digital operator.
Status Description
Open Up/Down command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02).
Closed Up/Down command is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting E: Fault
The digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Not used (Through mode)
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. 5
Setting 10: Minor fault
Output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Fault reset command active
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 12: Timer output
This setting configures a digital output terminal as output for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 138
for details.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 171
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed does not match the speed reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is within the range of speed reference ±L4-04.
Speed
reference common_
L4-04
Output speed
TMonly
or motor speed
L4-04
OFF ON
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.19 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 186 for more details.
Setting 14: User-set speed agree 2 (fref /fset agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) and the speed reference are within the speed
agree width (L4-04) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-03). As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value,
detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed and speed reference are both outside the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
Closed Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are both with in the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
Figure 5.20
Output speed
or motor speed
Speed L4-03
reference Output speed
+/- L4-04
Speed
reference
common_
User Set OFF ON TMonly
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.20 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 186 for more details.
Setting 15: Speed detection 3
Output opens when the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus the
detection with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output speed or motor speed falls below the level set in
L4-03. As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04 yet.
172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.21
Output speed
or motor speed L4-04 common_
L4-03 TMonly
Speed
ON OFF
detection 3
Figure 5.21 Speed Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 186 for more details.
Setting 16: Speed detection 4
Output closes whenever the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-03. The
terminal remains closed until the output speed or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04. As the
detection level L4-03 is a signed value, speed detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03 yet.
Closed Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
Figure 5.22
Speed
OFF ON
detection 4
Status Description
Open Elevator is being driven in up direction or stopped.
Closed Elevator is being driven in down direction.
Figure 5.23
Output Speed 5
Up command
Down command
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 173
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Baseblock is being executed.
Closed Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Closed Drive is outputting frequency.
174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.24
OFF ON
Up/Down command
Baseblock OFF ON
command
Output
frequency
OFF ON
During run
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 175
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Up/Down command
common_TMonly
Motor pole search status
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and
bias settings will be simply read as 0%.
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then
the motor will rotate in reverse.
■ H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 178
for instructions on how to adjust the signal level.
176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as speed reference input (H3-02 = 0):
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% speed reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% speed reference.
Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the speed reference will be equal to
E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Figure 5.25
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
common_TMonly
Gain = 200 % Gain = 200 %
Speed 100%
reference E1-04
-10 V -5 V
100 % 0V 5V 10 V
E1-04
-100%
E1-04
Figure 5.25 Speed Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as speed reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% speed reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the speed reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
Figure 5.26
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
common_TMonly
100 %
100%
Speed H3-01 = 0
reference -10 V -6.0 V
2.0 V 10 V
-25% Analog Input
Voltage
0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input -100%
-25% Voltage E1-04
H3-01 = 1 -150%
Figure 5.26 Speed Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 176
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc 5
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 176.
■ H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 178 for a list of functions and descriptions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 177
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM
and AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
■ H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameter H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level equal to 100% of the monitor (gain).
Parameter H4-03 and H4-06 set the bias added to the monitor output for terminals FM and AM. Both are set as a
percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc analog output. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to 10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc using parameter H4-07 and H4-08.
Figure 5.27 illustrates how gain and bias settings work.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 179
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Example 1: To have an output signal of 5 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 100%, set H4-02 to 50%.
Example 2: To have an output signal of 10 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 76.7%, set H4-02 to 150%.
Figure 5.27
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
common_TMonly
15V
Gain = 150%
Output Voltage
Bias = 0%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
Gain 150% 5V
Bias 0% Gain = 50%
Output Voltage Bias = 0%
-100%
Gain 100%
5V Bias 0% 100%
Monitor Value
-5 V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
Figure 5.27 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Example 3: To have an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%, set H4-03 to 30%.
Figure 5.28
Gain = 100%
YEG H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
Bias = 30%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Output Voltage Bias = 0%
Bias 30% 3V
Output Voltage Gain 100% -100%
100%
Bias 0% Monitor Value
3V -4 V
Gain 100%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V
180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive. An
external thermal relay is not needed.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired.
Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.
100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
60 specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 181
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will
allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger
an overload fault.
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
Torque (%)
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at Continuous operation with 100% load from 5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
55
50
Continuous A
B
C
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)
90
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
0 1 100120 167 200
Speed (%)
125
Torque (%)
115
Continuous
100
83
77 Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.2% to
67
low speeds (about 0.2% of base speed). 100% of base speed.
182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
Figure 5.29 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor operating
at 50 Hz with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.
Figure 5.29
3
Cold start
0.4
Hot start
0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current
Parameter Details
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Note: When setting L2-05 below the default value, an AC reactor option should be installed to the input side of the power supply to
prevent damage to drive circuitry.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 183
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration ramp is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration.
If the output current rises above the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02, then the drive stops accelerating. Acceleration
will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in L3-02.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range.
Figure 5.30
Output current
L3-02
-15%
Time
Output speed
<1> The upper limit and default value are determined by the carrier frequency reduction (L8-38).
184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
• Stalling may occur when the motor is rated at a smaller capacity than the drive and the Stall Prevention default settings
are used. Set L3-02 as appropriate if stalling occurs.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.
■ L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.
<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by L8-38.
Parameter Details
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 1,” “User-set speed agree 1,”
“Speed detection 1,” and “Speed detection 2.”
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
For details on setting 2, 3, 4, and 5, refer to H2-01 to H2-05: Terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-PC, and P1-P2
Function Selection on page 168.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 185
5.8 L: Protection Functions
■ L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 2,” “User-set speed agree 2,”
“Speed detection 3,” and “Speed detection 4.”
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
For details on setting 13, 14, 15, and 16, refer to H2-01 to H2-05: Terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-PC, and P1-
P2 Function Selection on page 168.
■ L4-05: Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog speed reference from input A1and A2. Speed reference loss is detected when the
speed reference drops below 10% of the reference before or below 5% of the maximum output speed within 400 ms.
Figure 5.31
Analog 100%
speed
reference 10%
400 ms common_TMonly
Figure 5.31 Loss of Reference Function
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a speed reference loss is detected.
Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the speed reference (which is no longer present) and simply stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced speed reference
The drive will continue operation at the speed reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external speed reference
value is restored, the operation is continued with the speed reference.
■ L4-06: Speed Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the speed reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set as a
percentage of the speed reference before the loss was detected.
186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Fault
common_
TMonly DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position Lock Position Lock
Output Speed
Up or Down command
Fault (H2- = E)
Auto Restart <1>
L5-04
Parameter Details
repeated each time a fault occurs.
When the counter reaches the number set in L5-01, the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after
correcting the cause.
The number of fault restarts is reset back to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for ten minutes following a fault restart. 5
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 0 to 10 Times 0 Time
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 187
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.33 and Figure 5.34 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Figure 5.33
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON
188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3, oL4 at run (alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Up/Down command is active. The operation continues after detection and an
oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 4: oL3, oL4 at run (fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Up/Down command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is
triggered.
Setting 5: UL3, UL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: UL3, UL4 at run (alarm)
Undertorque detection works as long as the Up/Down command is active. The operation continues after detection and an
oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 7: UL3, UL4 at speed agree (fault)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: UL3, UL4 at run (fault)
Undertorque detection works as long as a Up/Down command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is
Parameter Details
triggered.
■ L6-02, L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1, 2
These parameters set the detection levels for the torque detection functions 1 and 2. In V/f control mode these levels are
set as a percentage of the drive rated output current, while in vector control modes these levels are set as a percentage of
the motor rated torque. 5
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 0 to 300% 150%
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2 0 to 300% 150%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 189
5.8 L: Protection Functions
quadrant 2 quadrant 1
REV motor rotation FWD motor rotation
quadrant 3 quadrant 4
190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Setting 2: Enabled during operation
Setting 3: Enabled during constant speed
A phase loss on the power supply side is detected by measuring the voltage ripple in the DC bus and the drive input
voltage.
Input phase loss (PF) detection is typically triggered by single phase losses, voltage drop or phase imbalance.
Input phase loss detection is disabled when Rescue Operation is activated by one of the input terminals.
■ L8-06: Input Phase Loss Detection Level
Determines the level for input phase loss detection when a ripple is observed in the DC bus. Phase loss is detected when
the value set to L8-06 is greater than the difference between the peak value and the lowest value of the voltage ripple.
100% detection level = voltage (200 V or 400 V) × 2
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-62 Operation Selection at Input Phase Loss 0 to 3 1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 191
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when one phase is lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
Setting 2: Fault when two phases are lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
■ L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
■ L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current imbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
■ L8-35: Installation Selection
Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized.
Parameter Details
Setting 0: IP20 enclosure
For an IP20 enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 2: NEMA Type 1 enclosure
For drives compliant with NEMA Type 1 enclosure specifications.
5
■ L8-38: Automatic Torque Boost Function
When the output current reaches a certain level the drive automatically reduces the carrier frequency to the level set in
L8-39. Because lowering the carrier frequency increases the overload tolerance, the drive is capable of creating
considerably more torque. When the output current falls, the carrier frequency switches back to the value set in C6-03.
Note: 1. Automatically lowering the carrier frequency increases motor noise.
2. Be sure the capacity of the drive so that maximum output current is less than the current limit.
Setting 0: Disabled
The carrier frequency is not automatically reduced.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 193
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 3: Enabled
The torque capability is improved by reducing the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain value.
■ L8-39: Reduced Carrier Frequency
Determines value the carrier frequency is reduced to by the torque boost function.
Setting 0: Disabled
Braking transistor protection should be disabled whenever the internal braking transistor is not used. This includes,
• when using a regen converter such as DC5.
• when using a regen unit such as RC5.
• when using external braking units like CDBR units.
• when the drive is used in common DC bus applications and the internal braking chopper is not used.
Enabling this L8-55 under such conditions can incorrectly trigger a braking transistor fault (rF).
Setting 1: Enabled
The following models come with a built-in braking transistor:
• CIMR-L
2A0018 to 0115
• CIMR-L
4A0009 to 0060
Enable L8-55 when connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit to the drive built-in braking transistor.
Overload Tolerance for Internal Braking Transistor
Below, Figure 5.36 show the overload tolerance level for the drive’s built-in braking transistor.
Figure 5.36
50% 230
50
8
70% 90 500
30
16 160
100% 58 760
Usage
20
5 common_
(%ED) 130%
(%) 43 106 270 1200 TMonly
10
150%
380
21 67 150 600
5
80 170 420
3
29 1800
2
Figure 5.36 Overload Tolerance for Braking Transistor (CIMR-L 2A0018 to 2A0115, CIMR-L 4A0009 to 4A0060)
194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Mode 0
Setting 1: Mode 1 (Yaskawa Varispeed L7 compatible)
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 195
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Normally there is no need to adjust n2-01 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
• If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
■ n2-02, n2-03: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during regenerative operation.
Note: Parameter n2-02 cannot be set higher than n2-03 or an oPE08 error will result.
These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions:
• If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase n2-03 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
900 900
750 750
0 0
0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1
Time (s) Time (s)
common_TMonly
Conventional Speed Control Inertia Compensation Control
Figure 5.37 Overshoot Suppression by Inertia Compensation
196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Figure 5.38
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ n5-02: Motor Acceleration Time
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated torque.
Calculation
The motor acceleration time can be calculated by,
Where:
π JMotor nrated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.
n5-02 =
30 Trated • nrated is the rated speed of the motor in r/min
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.
Parameter Details
Take the following steps when measuring the motor acceleration time.
1. Decouple motor and load.
2. Make sure Auto-Tuning has been performed or that the correct motor data has been entered manually.
3. Make sure that the speed control loop has been set up properly.
4. Set the acceleration time to zero.
5. Set the forward torque limit in parameter L7-01 to 100%. 5
6. Set the speed reference equal to the motor rated speed.
7. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed.
8. Reverse the parameter settings above and set the measured time to parameter n5-02.
■ n5-03: Inertia Compensation Gain
Parameter n5-03 sets the inertia ratio of the load connected to the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 197
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
<1> Insert 0 kg for the load to calculate the lowest setting, insert the elevator rated load to calculate the maximum setting for
n5-03. Use the lower of calculated values for initial trials and increase n5-03 gradually until the desired performance is
achieved.
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Line-to-line resistance tuning
This setting enables line-to-line resistance online tuning. This procedure is effective for speed values up to 6 Hz and
improves the overload capacity in the low speed range by adjusting the value set for the motor resistance.
Setting 2: Voltage correction
The drive adjusts the output voltage during run to improve overload tolerance and minimize the effects of high
temperatures on speed accuracy.
Note: This setting can only be selected if the Energy Saving function is disabled (b8-01 = 0).
198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Parameter Details
Sets the frequency used for High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 199
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
0: Disabled
After the rotor pole position is searched once, the drive starts using the detected rotor position. If the detected position
was wrong, an error will occur when the drive attempts running the motor. The initial pole search takes approximately
1.5 s.
1: Enabled
The rotor pole position is searched multiple times. Only if there is no difference between the search results, the drive
starts using the detected rotor position. Otherwise a dv8 error will be output. The initial pole search takes approximately
1.5 to 5.0 s.
■ Other Settings
Parameters n8-29 to n8-33 can be used to adjust the current control loop. These setting do normally not need to be
changed.
Furthermore parameter n8-62 sets a voltage limit in order to prevent voltage saturation.
■ n8-29: q-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation
Sets the q axis proportional gain for the automatic current regulator.
200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 201
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: Hz
Setting 1: r/min
■ o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
Note: This parameter is displayed only when the drive is set to allow for user-set units (o1-03 = 3).
Parameter Details
o1-20 Traction Sheave Diameter 100 to 2000 mm 400 mm
No.
o1-21
Name
Roping Ratio
Setting Range
1 to 4
Default
2
5
Setting 1: 1: 1
Setting 2: 1: 2
Setting 3: 1: 3
Setting 4: 1: 4
■ o1-22: Mechanical Gear Ratio
Sets the gear ratio of the mechanical gear.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 203
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL
is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator can still be used to stop drive operation when the drive is being
controlled from a remote source (i.e., not from digital operator).
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate drive operation, even if the Up/Down command source is not assigned to the
digital operator. If the drive is stopped by pressing the STOP key, the Up/Down command must be cycled to restart the
drive.
■ o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as user-set default values using parameter o2-
03. Once this has been done, the “Initialize Parameters” parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of “1110: User
Initialize”. Choosing A1-03 = “1110: User Initialize” will reset all parameters to the values saved as user-set defaults.
Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 131 for details on drive initialization.
204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Parameter Details
◆ o3: Copy Function
These parameters control the digital operator’s Copy function. The Copy function lets the user store all parameter
settings into the memory of the digital operator, and easily transfer those settings to other drives (requires that the other
drives be the same model, capacity, and have the same control mode setting). See Copy Function Related Displays on
page 249 for a description of errors and displays. 5
■ o3-01 Copy Function Selection
Setting o3-01 will instruct the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameters settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 205
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: No action
The drive keeps the record already saved concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset fault data
Resets the data for the U2- and U3- monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is
erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when power is shut off or the drive is initialized. Use o4-12 to
manually reset them.
Setting 0: No Action
Parameter Details
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1
and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-13: Number of Travels Counter Reset
5
The number of travels counter displayed in U4-24/25 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Use
o4-13 to reset U4-24/25.
Setting 0: No Action
Keeps the number of travels counter.
Setting 1: Resets the Number of Travels
Resets the number of travels counter. The monitor U4-24/25 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is
pressed, the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 207
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Parameter Details
Sets the rated speed of the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 209
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Note: 1. Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock
gain.
2. Sometimes a fault may occur with detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. To
correct this, either increase the settings of S3-01 and S3-02, or increase the number of pulses needed to trigger dv4 (F1-19).
Note: 1. Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock
gain.
2. Sometimes a fault may occur with detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. To
correct this, either increase the settings of S3-03, or increase the number of pulses needed to trigger dv4 (F1-19).
210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S3-25 DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation 0 to 400% 100%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 211
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Parameter Details
2: Enabled for motor 1 only
■ S4-02: Light Load Direction Search Method
Determines the method used to perform Light Load Direction Search.
No.
S4-02
Parameter Name
Light Load Direction Search Method
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
5
0: Output current
1: Detect direction of regeneration
■ S4-03: Light Load Direction Search Time
Sets the time to perform Light Load Direction Search.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 213
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Battery
1: UPS (single-phase)
2: UPS (3-phase)
■ S4-07: UPS Power
Sets the capacity of the UPS.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete
2: Enabled until stop
■ S4-12: DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation
Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation.
214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Speed
0 t
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
During acceleration, the speed rises above 40% 40% speed of nominal speed
of the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1> Leveling Speed
0 Time
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
Parameter Details
40% speed of nominal speed
the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1>
Leveling Speed
0 Time
Operating speed 5
Nominal Speed
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 215
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
During constant speed, the speed is below 40% 40% speed of nominal speed
of the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1> Leveling Speed
0 Time
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
■ S5-02: Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation
When d1-18 (Speed Priority Selection) is set to 0 or 3, S5-02 determines the nominal speed used during Short Floor.
216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Always enabled
1: During run only
■ S6-15: Speed Reference Loss Detection
Enabled or disables detection for missing speed reference (FrL).
Parameter Details
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
■ S6-16: Restart after Baseblock Selection
Allows the drive to restart the motor after returning to normal operation from Baseblock state (H1- = 8/9) or from
Safe Torque-Off state (Safe Disable inputs H1 and H2 enabled) while the Up/Down command is still active.
5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S6-16 Restart after Baseblock Selection 0 or 1 0
◆ T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance. Refer to Auto-Tuning on
page 93 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 217
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and
guidance for troubleshooting.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 219
6.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the
ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive, circuit boards and option
cards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 221
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
boL Braking Transistor Overload 227 FrL Speed Reference Missing 230
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
CE 227 LF Output Phase Loss 231
Error
oC Overcurrent 231
,
CPF00, CPF01 Control Circuit Error 227
<1> oFA00 Option Card Not Supported 231
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 227 oFA01 Option Card Connection Error 232
, CPF07, ,
Terminal Board Connection Error 228 oFA10, oFA11 232
CPF08
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port
CN5-A
, to
CPF20, CPF21 Control Circuit Error 228 oFA12 to oFA17 232
<1>
CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 228 oFb00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 232
Troubleshooting
Encoder)
dv3 Rotation Direction Fault 229 oFC00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 232
dv4 Rotation Direction Fault 229 oFC01 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 232
6
dv6 Overacceleration Detection 229 oFC02 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 233
Err EEPROM Write Error 230 oFC50 Encoder Option AD Conversion Error 233
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 223
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
oFC53 Encoder Communication Data Error 233 rr Internal Braking Transistor Fault 235
oFC54 Encoder Error 233 SE1 Motor Contactor Response Error 236
PF Input Phase Loss 235 Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 237
<1> Displayed as or when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display
will show or .
dEv Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with Encoder) YES 239
L8-88 = 0: YES
Hbb Safe Disable 240
L8-88 = 1: No (default)
L8-88 = 0: YES
HbbF Safe Disable Circuit Fault 240
L8-88 = 1: No (default)
224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
LT-3 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time No output <1> 240
PGo Encoder Disconnected (for Control Mode with Encoder) YES 241
■ Operation Errors
Table 6.5 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
Multi-function Analog Input Selection
oPE01 Drive Capacity Setting Error 243 oPE07 243
Error
oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 243 oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 244
Troubleshooting
oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error 243 oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error 244
oPE05 Reference Source Selection Error 243 oPE18 Parameter Setting Error 244
oPE06 Control Mode Selection Error 243 oPE20 PG-F3 Setting Error 244
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 225
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
■ Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.6 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
End1 Excessive V/f Setting 245 Er-05 No-Load Current Error 246
End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 245 Er-08 Rated Slip Error 246
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 245 Er-09 Acceleration Error 246
End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error 245 Er-10 Motor Direction Error 247
End5 Resistance Tuning Error 245 Er-11 Motor Speed Error 247
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm 245 Er-12 Current Detection Error 247
End7 No-Load Current Alarm 245 Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error 247
End8 Rescue Operation Speed Warning 245 Er-18 Induction Voltage Error 247
Er-01 Motor Data Error 246 Er-21 Encoder Offset Compensation Error 247
Er-02 Alarm 246 Er-22 Initial Rotor Pole Search Error 248
ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity, and/or control mode differ 249
vAEr Voltage class and/or drive capacity does not match 250
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same 250
226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF00 or CPF01
Control Circuit Error
<1> <1>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 227
6.3 Fault Detection
CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08
228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
During Rescue Operation, either the DC bus voltage • Check the DC bus voltage setting for Rescue Operation (S4-12).
dropped below S4-12 × (S4-13 - 10%), or 100 ms after • Lower the speed reference set for Rescue Operation (d1-25).
triggering Rescue Operation, the DC bus voltage did not • Check the backup power supply. It may need to be replaced with another UPS if it has become worn and can no longer provide
reach S4-12 × S4-13 before the motor started. enough power.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Z Pulse Fault
dv1
The motor turned one full rotation without the encoder Z pulse being detected.
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder is not connected, not wired properly, or is • Make sure the encoder is properly connected and all shielded lines are properly grounded.
damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Z Pulse Phase Fault
dv2
The Z pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees for the number of times specified in parameter F1-17.
Cause Possible Solution
Noise interference along the encoder cable. Separate the encoder cable lines from the source of the noise (very possibly drive output wiring).
Encoder cable is not wired properly. Rewire the encoder and make sure all shielded lines are properly grounded.
PG option card or the encoder is damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotation Direction Fault
dv3 The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions from one another while at the same time the speed reference and
actual motor speed differ by over 30% for the number of pulses set to F1-18.
Cause Possible Solution
Set the encoder offset to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate. Replacing the encoder or changing the motor/encoder
The encoder offset is not set properly to E5-11.
rotation direction requires readjustment of the encoder offset.
An external force on the load side has caused the motor • Make sure the motor is rotating in the right direction.
to move. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Noise interference along the encoder cable is disturbing
the encoder signals.
Rewire the encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
Encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the PG
option card or the encoder itself is damaged.
Rotational direction for the encoder set to F1-05 is the
Make sure motor lines for each phase (U, V, W) are connected properly.
opposite of the order of the motor lines.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotation Direction Fault
The encoder feedback indicates that the motor is rotating in the opposite direction of the speed reference. Set the number of pulses
dv4 to trigger dv4 detection to F1-19.
Note: Disable rotation direction fault detection in applications where the motor may rotate in the opposite direction of the speed
reference. Setting F1-19 to 0 disables this feature.
Cause Possible Solution
• Set the encoder offset to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate.
The encoder offset is not set properly to E5-11. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself. Replacing the encoder
or changing the motor/encoder rotation direction requires readjustment of the encoder offset.
Noise interference along the encoder cable is disturbing • Make sure the motor is rotating in the correct direction.
the encoder signals. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the PG • Rewire the encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
option card or the encoder itself is damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overacceleration Detection
dv6
The acceleration of the elevator car exceeds the over acceleration detection level (S6-10)
Cause Possible Solution
Set E5-11 to the encoder offset value written on the motor nameplate. The encoder offset needs to be adjusted whenever the
The encoder offset (E5-11) is incorrect.
Troubleshooting
encoder is replaced or when reversing the direction of the motor.
Noise along the encoder cable.
Cables for the motor encoder are not wired properly, or Check the encoder wiring for any loose connections. Make sure that the shielded line is properly grounded.
the PG option card (or the encoder itself) is damaged.
Incorrect motor data has been set to the E5 parameters. Check the values set to the E5 parameters to make sure that it matches the information on the motor nameplate.
Mechanical data for the elevator have not been set up
Check parameters o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22 and set them to the correct values for the elevator.
correctly.
The acceleration is too fast. Check and adjust the acceleration rate and also the jerk at acceleration start set in parameter C2-01. 6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotor Polarity Detection Timeover
dv7
Unable to detect the magnetic poles within the designated time.
Cause Possible Solution
Battery voltage is too low. Charge the battery.
• Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
The output cable is disconnected.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
The output terminal is loose. Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size on page 64.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 229
6.3 Fault Detection
230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected. • Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately.
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check which motor control method the drive is set to (A1-02).
6
The motor control method and motor do not match. • For IM motors, set A1-02 = “0”, “2”, or “3”.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 = “7”.
The drives rated output current is too small. Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Not Supported
oFA00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-A is
Check if the drive supports the option card that shall be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A PG option card is connected to option port CN5-A PG option cards are supported by option ports CN5-B and CN5-C only. Place the PG option card into the correct option port.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 231
6.3 Fault Detection
, oFA05, oFA06
, oFA10, oFA11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A
to oFA12 to oFA17
to oFA30 to oFA43
to oFb03 to oFb11
Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B
to oFb12 to oFb17
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace the drive. For instructions on replacing the drive, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales
representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
oFC00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-C is
Check if the drive supports the option card you are attempting to instal. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-C.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
oFC01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-C is faulty.
• Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-B). If it works there, replace the drive. If the
error persists (oFA01 or oFb01 occur), replace the option board.
232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
to oFC03 to oFC11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C
to oFC12 to oFC17
Troubleshooting
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by
drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat. 6
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Replacement on page 262.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the over temperature detection level.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
• Reduce the load.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 233
6.3 Fault Detection
234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
PGo
No encoder pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.PGoH
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Encoder has no power. Check the power line to the encoder.
Motor brake is not released. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
During Rescue Operation, either the DC bus voltage • Check the DC bus voltage setting for Rescue Operation (S4-12). 6
dropped below S4-12 × (S4-13 - 10%), or 100 ms after • Lower the speed reference set for Rescue Operation (d1-25).
triggering Rescue Operation, the DC bus voltage did not • Check the backup power supply. It may need to be replaced with another UPS if it has become worn and can no longer provide
reach S4-12 × S4-13 before the motor started. enough power.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)
PGoH
Encoder cable is not connected properly.
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Transistor Fault
rr
The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
The braking transistor is damaged. • Cycle power to the drive and check if the fault reoccurs. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 251.
The control circuit is damaged. • Replace the drive. For instructions on replacing the drive, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 235
6.3 Fault Detection
236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 237
6.4 Alarm Detection
238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Alarm Detection
Troubleshooting
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6. 6
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1- = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1- = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
• Change the terminal settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 239
6.4 Alarm Detection
240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Alarm Detection
• Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation Orientation and Spacing on
page 37.
Airflow around the drive is restricted. • Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
oL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 2
oL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings are not appropriate. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine being used.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overspeed (for Control Mode with Encoder)
oS
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
ov The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solutions
• Install a DC reactor or an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power
system.
The motor is short-circuited.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has over-charged the main circuit • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate • Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
incorrectly. • If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along encoder wiring. Separate encoder wiring from the source of the noise (often output wiring from the drive).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Troubleshooting
PGo
Detected when no encoder signal is received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Cause Possible Solutions
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Encoder does not have enough power. Make sure the correct power supply is properly connected to the encoder.
Motor brake is not released. Ensure the brake releases properly
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name 6
Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)
PGoH
Encoder cable has become disconnected.
Cause Possible Solutions
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 241
6.4 Alarm Detection
242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.5 Operator Programming Errors
Troubleshooting
Set the input data for 16 bit (F3-03 = 2).
length is set for 8 bit or 12 bit (F3-03 = 0, 1).
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Control Mode Selection Error
oPE06
Correct the setting for the control method.
Cause Possible Solutions
A control mode has been selected that requires a PG option card to be installed, but no option • Connect a PG option card.
card is installed (A1-02 = 3 or 7). • Correct the value set to A1-02. 6
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-function Analog Input Selection Error
oPE07
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02 and H3-10.
Cause Possible Solutions
Change the settings to H3-02 and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
At least two analog input terminals are set to the same function (i.e., two of these parameters
Note: Both 0 (speed reference bias) and F (not used) can be set to H3-02 and H3-10 at the
has the same setting: H3-02 or H3-10).
same time.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 243
6.5 Operator Programming Errors
244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
End1 Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning, and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Troubleshooting
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The leakage inductance value that was calculated is
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
outside the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
6
The entered no-load current value was outside the
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
rated current.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End8 Rescue Operation Speed Warning
Cause Possible Solutions
High frequency injection calculations for the battery For Rescue Operation, either switch to a larger battery (at least 280 Vdc for a 200 V class drive, 560 Vdc for the 400 V class) or
power supply were below 10 Hz. switch to an absolute encoder and the PG-F3 option card.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 245
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Er-02 Alarm
246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-Tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-10 Motor Direction Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The encoder signal lines are not properly connected
Check and correct wiring to the PG encoder.
to the drive.
Check the motor speed monitor U1-05 while turning the motor manually in forward direction. If the sign displayed is negative,
Motor and PG direction are opposite.
change the setting of parameter F1-05.
The load pulled the motor in the opposite direction
of the speed reference and the torque exceeded Uncouple the motor from the load and repeat Auto-Tuning.
100%.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to
Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-21 Encoder Offset Compensation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor was coasting when Auto-Tuning was
Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
6
performed.
Either the motor or the encoder on the motor is not
Check the wiring for the motor and the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
properly wired.
The direction for the encoder is set incorrectly, or the
Check the direction and number of pulses set for the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
number of pulses set for the encoder is wrong.
Encoder is damaged. Check the signal output from the encoder attached to the motor. Replace the encoder if damaged.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 247
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.7 Copy Function Related Displays
Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive and the
operator or the USB copy unit.
Check the cable connection.
6
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Copy Unit and the drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you are attempting to write to have different electrical
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
specifications, a different capacity, is set to a different
control mode, or is a different model number.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and
Making sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
does not have any parameters saved on it.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 249
6.7 Copy Function Related Displays
250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
Troubleshooting
- MONITR - DRV Rdy
Last Fault
U2-02= oC
4. Press and to scroll to monitor U2-02. The fault code shown in U2-02 is the fault that occurred last. U2-03= 0.00% RSEQ
U2-04= 0.00% LREF
FWD
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 251
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. Fault Reset Switch
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default (H1-04 = 14).
SC Digital Input Common
2 ON
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply power after the digital
operator display is out.
1 OFF
Note: If the Up/Down command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. The Up/Down command must first
be removed before a fault situation can be cleared.
252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it
receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 253
7.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a motor, voltage continues to be generated at the
motor terminals while the motor coasts to stop.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a magnetic
contactor installed to the output side of the drive.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive
has been shut off.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
When closing the magnetic contactor while the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on
and the drive output has completely stopped.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Never attempt to change any wiring or remove any connectors while power is flowing through the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Wiring to the motor (U, V, W) should never come into contact with the external case of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Switch off and lock power supply and lock the switch before wiring terminals.
Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power. Periodic Inspection &
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Maintenance
CAUTION
7
Preventing Burns
Never touch the heatsink on the drive, as it can reach high temperatures. When replacing the cooling fan, wait at
least 15 minutes after power to the drive has been shut off before touching the fan to ensure that it has cooled off
enough.
Failure to comply could result in burns.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 255
7.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor, never open or close the magnetic contactor while the motor is running.
Failure to comply could result in the drive damage.
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive to frequently start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.2 Inspection
7.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of
use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and
periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and
relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 257
7.2 Inspection
258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
◆ Replacement Parts
The drive cooling fans can easily be replaced if necessary. Only use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive
model and revision.
Refer to Cooling Fan Replacement on page 262 for cooling fans replacement instructions.
■ Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors
The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa
recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 258 for more details.
Table 7.3 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter Component Contents
Displays the cumulative operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it
U4-03
Cooling Fan reaches 99999.
U4-04 Displays the cumulative fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-05 DC Bus Capacitors Displays the cumulative time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-06 Inrush (pre-charge) Relay Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit.
U4-07 IGBT Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs.
Alarm Display
Function Corrective Action
LED Operator LCD Operator
<1> LT-1 The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the cooling fan.
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life
<1> LT-2 Replace the drive.
time.
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life
7
<1> LT-3 Replace the drive.
time.
<1> LT-4 The IGBT’s have reached 90% of their designated life time. Check the load, carrier frequency, and output speed.
<2> TrPC The IGBT’s have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the drive.
<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2- = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2- =
2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 259
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement cooling fans as required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product
performance life.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 261
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
Figure 7.1
A
A
B
B
YEG
YEG
Figure 7.2 Removing the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2. Remove the cooling fan cartridge. Disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
Figure 7.3
YEG
Figure 7.3 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
Installing the Cooling Fan
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement could result in damage
to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To ensure maximum useful
product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
YEG
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 263
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the cable back into the recess of the
drive.
Figure 7.5
A
YEG
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.5 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
3. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.6
YEG
Figure 7.6 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
4. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
YEG
Figure 7.7 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
2. Lift the fan cover out leading with the back end. Unplug the replay connector and free the fan cover from the
drive.
Figure 7.8
YEG
Figure 7.8 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 265
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
1. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected.
2. Place the power supply connectors and cable back into the recess of the drive.
Figure 7.9
YEG A
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.9 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
3. Install the replacement fan into the drive.
Figure 7.10
Figure 7.10 Installing the Cooling Fan: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
4. Angle the fan cover so the back end tilts up. Slide the cover into the small opening towards the front of the drive,
and then guide the entire fan cover into place.
Figure 7.11
Insertion area
Hook Hook
Front of drive
Figure 7.11 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
5. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.12
YEG
Figure 7.12 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
6. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
■ 4A0075 to 4A0091
Removing the Cooling Fan
1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.13
YEG
YEG
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 267
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
YEG
A
YEG
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.16 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 4A0075, 4A0091
3. Angle the fan cover as shown and insert the connector tabs into the corresponding holes on the drive.
Figure 7.17
YEG
Hook Hook
Front of Drive
Figure 7.17 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0075, 4A0091
268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
4. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.18
YEG
2A0145, 2A0180,
4A0112, 4A0150
YEG
A C
YEG
Figure 7.20 Removing the Fan Unit: 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, 4A0150
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 269
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2A0145, 2A0180,
4A0112, 4A0150
YEG
Follow the directions below to prevent damage to the fan cable connector and make sure the fan cable does not get
pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, and 4A0150
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
YEG
2. Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in the drawings below.
Figure 7.22
Fan B1 Fan B2
YEG
Figure 7.22 Cooling Fan Wiring for Models 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112 and 4A0150
3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
4. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
YEG
Figure 7.23 Installing the Cooling Fan Unit: 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, 4A0150
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 271
7.5 Drive Replacement
YEG
E
C D
272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option cards or other types of options, then refer to the specific manuals for those options.
NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement
drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate
break down of the replacement drive.
YEG
YEG
Figure 7.26 Drive Replacement: Removing the Control Terminal Board Periodic Inspection &
3. Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows, and remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover. Maintenance
Figure 7.27
YEG
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 273
7.5 Drive Replacement
Figure 7.28
YEG
YEG
274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 275
8.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Applications using a braking option should wire a thermal relay so that the output contactor opens when the
thermal relay trips.
Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip detection
setting. Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
Failure to comply can result in fire.
276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive frequently to start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not connect magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault
circuit interrupter.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 277
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices
YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit
ERR
Supply
COM
JVOP-181
LOCK
USB Cable
py rify ad
Co Ve Re
Magnetic
Contactor
(MC)
+2
+1
DC Reactor
<1>
AC Reactor Thermal Relay
Zero-phase
Reactor
Fuse
Ground
Magnetic Zero-phase
Contactor Reactor
(switches to
YEG
line power)
Ground
<1> Terminals +1 and +2 for connecting a DC choke are available only in units CIMR-LC2A0018 to 0075 and CIMR-
LC40009 to 0039. Drives above have built in DC chokes.
<2> Terminals B1 and B2 for connecting a braking resistor are available only in units CIMR-LC2A0018 to 0115 and
CIMR-LC40009 to 0060.
<3> When using an external braking chopper in drives from CIMR-LC2A0018 to 0115 and CIMR-LC40009 to 0060
connect the chopper to drive terminals B1 and -. When using larger drives connect the chopper to terminals +3 and -.
<4> To obtaion the driver and software of USB Copy Unit, CopyUnitManager and DriveWizardPlus, access the following
site:
Europe: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
Peripheral Devices &
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 279
8.4 Option Card Installation
<1> If installed to CN5-B or CN5-C, DI-A3 cannot be used to set the speed reference, but the input status can still be viewed using U1-17.
<2> If only one encoder option card is connected to the drive, use the CN5-C connector. If two encoder option cards are connected, use both
CN5-B and CN5-C.
◆ Installation Procedure
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar
with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and
circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the
application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.
Use the procedure described below when installing option cards to the drive.
1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the
operator and front cover. Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 54
2. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card into the matching CN5 connector on the drive, then fasten it into
place using one of the screws included with the option card.
Figure 8.2
B F
G
C
J
D
K
L
H
I
YEG
280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.4 Option Card Installation
3. Connect one of the lead lines using one of the screws to the ground terminal.
Some option cards come with several different lead lines for connecting the card to the drive. Select the lead line
with the most appropriate length.
Note: There are only two screw holes on the drive for ground terminals. If three option cards are connected, two of the lead lines will
need to share the same ground terminal.
Figure 8.3
common_
TMonly
A
B
common_
TMonly
Peripheral Devices &
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 281
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
◆ Braking Options
A braking resistor or an external braking transistor combined with a braking resistor must be installed in order to
dissipate the energy fed back to the drive during regenerative operation.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking
circuit. Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking resistor option to the drive.
Note: The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the regenerative energy from the elevator system. The drive is
likely to trip with DC bus over voltage if the resistor value is too large. Connecting a too small braking resistor can damage the
drive or braking transistor. Consult with you sales representative for proper braking option selection.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals. Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in
damage to the drive or equipment.
Braking Unit
(CDBR type) Braking Resistor
+3 + +0
Thermal Overload
Drive Trip Contact
− − −0
3 4
YEG
Thermal
Trip Contact
Figure 8.5 Connecting a Braking Unit (CDBR type) and Braking Resistor Unit
(CIMR-L2A0145 to 2A0180 and L4A0075 to 4A0150)
282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
+3 −
Braking Braking Braking
Resistor Resistor Resistor
− + +0 −0 − + +0 −0 − + +0 −0
MASTER MASTER
Level Detector
MASTER
Drive
SLAVE
+15 SLAVE SLAVE
1 5 1 5 1 5
6 2 6 2 6
2
A MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3 Common_
Peripheral Devices &
MC
MB TMonly
C MC
MC
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 283
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
■ Installing a Residual Current Device (RCD) or a Residual Current Monitoring Device (RCM)
Residual currents occurring in drive installations can contain AC, DC and high frequency components that may prevent a
normal RCD/RCM from operating as desired. If an RCD/RCM is required in the installation, always use an all current
sensitive device (Type B according to IEC 60755) to ensure proper ground fault interruption.
Leakage currents generated by the drive during normal operation may trip an RCD or RCM even if a ground fault is not
present.
Factors that influence the leakage current are:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
If the RCD/RCM trips spuriously consider changing these items or use an RCD/RCM with a higher trip level.
NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The contactor
should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
◆ Connecting an AC or DC Reactor
■ Reactor Placement
When connecting a large capacity power supply transformer (greater than 600 kVA), or when switching with a phase
advance capacitor, large peak current can flow through the input power supply circuit and damage converter components
in L1000A. To prevent this, install a DC reactor or AC reactor to the input side of the drive. This will additionally help to
improve the power factor. If a DC drive or some other type of thyristor converter is running from the same power system
as L1000A, then a DC or AC reactor should be installed, regardless of the power supply conditions shown in Figure 8.8.
Note: A DC reactor is built in to the drive models 2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150.
Figure 8.8
4000
0 60 400
Drive Capacity (kVA)
Figure 8.8 Installing a Reactor
■ Connecting an AC Reactor
Figure 8.9
C D
A B
U X R/L1
V
W
Y
Z
S/L2
T/L3
Common_
TMonly
■ Connecting a DC Reactor
A DC reactor can be installed to drive models CIMR-LC2A0018 to 0075 and 4A0009 to 0039. When installing a DC
reactor, ensure the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 (terminals are jumpered for shipment) is removed. The jumper
must be installed if no DC reactor is used. Refer to Figure 8.10 for an example of DC reactor wiring.
Figure 8.10
C
A B
R/L1
S/L2
Peripheral Devices &
T/L3
+1 +2
Common_
TMonly
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 285
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
A
C D E
B MCCB F G
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
T/L3 W/T3
H
I
YEG
J
A – Metal enclosure F – Shielded motor cable
B – Power supply G – Motor
C – Input noise filter H – Separate at least 30 cm
D – Drive I – Control signal lines
E – Output noise filter J – Controller
Figure 8.11 Reducing Radio Frequency Noise
B C
MCCB
A R U R/L1
S/L2
S V
T/L3
T W
MCCB
YEG
D
286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
B C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1 1 4
S/L2 V/T2 2 5 M
T/L3 W/T3 3 6
YEG
It is generally not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC
drive. The L1000A has a UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software. However, 8
when utilizing a thermal overload relay, follow the guidelines below.
Note: The relay should shut off main power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 287
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: A
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 289
A.1 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater
than the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.
<4> Carrier frequency can be set up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<5> Carrier frequency can be set up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.2 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater
than the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<4> Carrier frequency can be set up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<5> Carrier frequency can be set up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 291
A.3 Drive Specifications
Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
• V/f Control (V/f)
Control Method • Open Loop Vector Control (OLV)
• Closed Loop Vector Control (CLV)
• Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (CLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 120 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output speed (-10 to +40°C)
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output speed (25°C ±10°C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Frequency Setting Resolution
Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output speed setting (11 bit plus sign)
Output Speed Resolution 0.001 Hz
Frequency Setting Signal -10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V
V/f: 150% at 3 Hz
Starting Torque <1> OLV: 200% at 0.3 Hz
CLV, CLV/PM: 200% at 0 r/min
Control V/f: 1:40
Characteristics Speed Control Range <1> OLV: 1:200
CLV: 1:1500
Speed Control Accuracy <1> OLV: ±0.2% (25°C ±10°C), CLV: ±0.02% (25°C ±10°C)
OLV: 10 Hz
Speed Response <1>
CLV, CLV/PM: 50 Hz
Torque Limit Parameters setting allow separate limits in four quadrants (available in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM)
0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings, unit changeable to m/s2 or
Accel/Decel Ramp
ft/s2)
Braking Transistor Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 2A0115, 4A0009 to 4A0060 have a built-in braking transistor.
V/f Characteristics Freely programmable
Inertia Compensation, Position Lock at Start and Stop/Anti-Rollback Function, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection, Torque
Limit, Speed Reference, Accel/decel Switch, 5 Zone Jerk Settings, Auto-tuning (Stationary and Rotational Motor/Encoder Offset
Tuning), Dwell, Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation, Torque Compensation, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop,
Main Control Functions
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps), Fault Restart, Removable Terminal Block with Parameter Backup
Function, Online Tuning, High Frequency Injection, Short Floor, Rescue Operation(Light Load Direction Search Function),
Inspection Run, Brake Sequence, Speed related parameters with elevator units display, etc.
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Protection Drive stops when output current exceeds 200% of rated output current
Overload Protection Drive stops after 60 s at 150% of rated output current <2>
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
Overvoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
Protection
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V
Functions Undervoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V
Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <3>
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
Ambient Temperature -10 to 50°C
Humidity 95 RH% or less (no condensation)
Environment Storage Temperature -20 to 60°C (short-term temperature during transportation)
Altitude Up to 1000 meters without derating, up to 3000m with output current and voltage derating
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration / Shock
20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s2
Two Safe Disable inputs and 1 EDM output according to EN61800-5-1, EN954-1/ISO13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN61508 SIL2,
Safety Standard Insulation coordination: class 1
Note: Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms
Protection Design IP20 enclosure
<1> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different
motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
<2> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output speed is less than 6 Hz.
<3> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.4 Drive Watt Loss Data
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 293
A.5 Drive Derating Data
2A0018 to 2A0060
Common_
TMonly
0 8 kHz 15 kHz
2A0145, 2A0180
Drive Rated
Common_
0 5 kHz 10 kHz TMonly
Figure A.2 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-L2A0145, 2A0180)
Figure A.3
Common_
TMonly
0 8 kHz 15 kHz
4A0112, 4A0150
Drive Rated
Common_
TMonly
0 5 kHz 10 kHz
Figure A.4 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-A4A0112 to 4A0150)
294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.5 Drive Derating Data
◆ Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drives output current must be derated when the drive is installed in areas
with high ambient temperature. In order to ensure reliable drive overload protection, the parameters L8-12 and L8-35
must also be set according to the installation conditions.
■ Parameter Settings
IP20 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10°C and 50°C allows 100% continuous current without derating.
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 295
A.5 Drive Derating Data
296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: B
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 297
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table
V/f Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.
OLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector.
CLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector.
CLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector for PM motors.
Note: If a parameter is not available in a certain control mode, the symbol for that control mode is grayed out.
298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Groups
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 299
B.3 Parameter Table
A1-00 0: English
(100H) 1: Japanese
Default: 0
2: German
Language Selection Min: 0 130
3: French
Max: 7
4: Italian
<1>
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
7: Chinese
common_
A1-01 All Modes TMonly Default: 2
(101H)
Access Level Selection 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U- parameters can also be viewed. Min: 0 130
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) Max: 2
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
common_
All Modes TMonly
A1-02 Default: 0
0: V/f Control
(102H) Control Method Selection Min: 0 130
2: Open Loop Vector Control
<1> Max: 7
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
A1-03 0: No initialization
Initialize Parameters Min: 0 131
(103H) 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)
Max: 5550
2220: 2-wire initialization
5550: oPE04 error reset
A1-04
Password common_
Default: 0000
(104H) All Modes TMonly
Min: 0000 131
A1-05 When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01
Password Setting Max: 9999
(105H) through A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
◆ b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Up/Down command, timer functions, the Dwell function, the Droop
Control function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
■ b1: Operation Mode Selection
300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 301
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration ramps, jerk settings, slip compensation, torque
compensation, and carrier frequency selections.
■ C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps
C1-02
common_
(201H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 1 141
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-03
common_
(202H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Ramp 2 141
Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.
C1-04
common_
(203H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 2 141
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-06
common_
(205H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 3 141
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-07
common_
(206H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Ramp 4 141
Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.
C1-08
common_
(207H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 4 141
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
common_
C1-09 All Modes TMonly
Emergency Stop Ramp 142
(208H)
Sets the ramp for the Emergency Stop function.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
C1-10
Accel/Decel Setting Resolution Min: 0 142
(209H) 0: 0.01 s unit
Max: 1
1: 0.1 s unit
common_ Default: 0.0%
C1-11 All Modes TMonly
Accel/Decel Switching Speed Min: 0.0% 142
(20AH)
Sets the speed to switch between accel/decel ramp settings. Max: 100.0%
common_ Default: 0.00 s <6> <8>
C1-15 All Modes TMonly
Inspection Deceleration Ramp Min: 0.00 s 143
(260H)
Sets the deceleration ramp used for inspection run. Max: 2.00 s <6> <8>
<6> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03.
Refer to Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 337
<8> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Setting Resolution. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting
range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.
302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 200%
C3-03
Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 144
(211H) Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for
Max: 250%
motor 1 (E2-02).
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection
0: Disabled. Min: 0 144
(212H) during Regeneration
1: Enabled above 6 Hz. Max: 2
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: <5>
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation
Min: 0 145
(213H) Selection 0: Disabled.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
Max: 200 ms
04).
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 303
B.3 Parameter Table
C5-02
common_ Default: <5>
(21CH) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.000 s 147
1
Sets the integral time 1 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-03
common_ Default: <5>
(21DH) Speed Control Loop Proportional V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.00 147
Gain 2
Sets the proportional gain 2 of the speed control loop. Max: 300.00
C5-04
common_ Default: <5>
(21EH) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 147
2
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-14
common_ Default: <5>
(273H) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 147
3
Sets the integral time 3 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-20
common_ Default:0.100 s
(275H) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 148
during Position Lock
Sets the Speed Control Loop Integral time used during Position Lock. Max: 10.000 s
304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ d: Speed References
Speed Reference parameters are used to set the various speed reference values during operation.
■ d1: Speed Reference
d1-02
(281H)
Speed Reference 2 150
d1-03
(282H)
Speed Reference 3 150
d1-04
(283H)
Speed Reference 4 150
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.00% <6>
Min: 0.00%
d1-05 Sets the Speed reference for the drive when d1-18 is set to 0 or 3. Setting units are determined
Max: 100.00% <6>
(284H) by parameter o1-03.
Speed Reference 5 150
d1-06
(285H)
Speed Reference 6 150
d1-07
(286H)
Speed Reference 7 150
d1-08
(287H)
Speed Reference 8 150
common_
All Modes TMonly
d1-20
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C2H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 1 Min: 0.00% 151
Sets intermediate speed reference 1 when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-21
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C3H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 2 Min: 0.00% 151
Sets intermediate speed reference 2 when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-22
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C4H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 3 Min: 0.00% 151
Sets intermediate speed reference 3 when d1-18 = 1 or 3. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-23
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C5H) All Modes TMonly
Releveling Speed Min: 0.00% 151
Sets speed reference for releveling when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-24
common_ Default: 50.00% <6>
(2C6H) All Modes TMonly
Inspection Operation Speed Min: 0.00% 151
Parameter List
Sets speed reference when inspection operation is enabled. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-25
common_ Default: 10.00% <6>
(2C7H) All Modes TMonly
Rescue Operation Speed Min: 0.00% 151
Sets the speed reference during inspection operation. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-26
(2C8H)
Leveling Speed
All Modes
common_
TMonly
Default: 8.00% <6>
Min: 0.00% 151
B
Sets leveling speed reference when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 305
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ E: Motor Parameters
■ E1: V/f Pattern
306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Default: <4>
E5-03 common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
(32BH) Motor Rated Current current 157
<1> Sets the motor rated current. Max: 200% of drive
rated current <10>
CLV TMonly
(32EH) Motor d-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 157
<1> Sets the d-axis inductance. Max: 600.00 mH
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 307
B.3 Parameter Table
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting value is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
◆ F: Option Settings
F parameters are used to program the drive for Encoder and PG feedback from the motor and to function with option
cards.
■ F1: PG Speed Control Card
308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
0: BCD, 1% units
1: BCD, 0.1% units
2: BCD, 0.01% units
Default: 0
F3-01 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
DI-A3 Option Card Input Selection Min: 0 161
(390H) 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Max: 7
5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
6: BCD customized setting (5 digit), 0.02 Hz units
7: Binary input
When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units (o1-03 = 2 or 3),
the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2
F3-03 DI-A3 Option Card Data Length
0: 8 bit Min: 0 162
(3B9H) Selection
1: 12 bit Max: 2
2: 16 bit
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 103
F4-03
Terminal V2 Function Selection Min: 000 162
(393H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U- monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-04
common_ Default: 50.0%
(394H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Gain Min: -999.9% 162
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
F4-05
common_ Default: 0.0%
(395H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V1 Bias Min: -999.9% 162
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%
F4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(396H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Bias Min: -999.9% 162
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
Default: 1
F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level
common_ Min: 0 162
(397H) Selection All Modes TMonly Max: 1
0: 0 to 10 V Default: 1
F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 309
B.3 Parameter Table
0: Auto-detection
1: 10 kbps
2: 20 kbps Default: 6
F6-36
CANopen Communication Speed 3: 50 kbps Min: 0 –
(3D1H)
4: 125 kbps Max: 8
5: 250 kbps
6: 500 kbps
7: 800 kbps
8: 1 Mbps
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ H: Terminal Functions
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
■ H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
7 Accel/decel Ramp Selection 1 Used to switch between accel/decel ramp 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel ramp 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04). 165
When combined with another input terminal set for "Accel/Decel ramp 2" (H1- = 1A), the drive can also
switch between accel/decel ramp 3 (set in C1-05, C1-06) and accel/decel ramp 4 (set in C1-07, C1-08).
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 165
Closed: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 165
Open: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Not Used (Through Mode) 165
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function
but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.
common_
All Modes TMonly
14 Fault Reset 166
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Up/Down command is removed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
15 Emergency Stop (N.O.) 166
Closed: Decelerates to stop at the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
17 Emergency Stop (N.C.) 166
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Timer Function Input 166
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output
(H2- = 12).
common_
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 311
B.3 Parameter Table
312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Closed: When the output speed is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Torque Detection 2 171
Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1A During Down Direction 173
Closed: Drive is running in the down direction.
common_
B
All Modes TMonly
1B During Baseblock 2 (N.C.) 174
Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 313
B.3 Parameter Table
314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H3-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(412H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 176
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level
Min: 0 177
(417H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 0
1: –10 to 10 V
common_ Default: 0
H3-10 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Function Selection Min: 0 177
(418H)
Sets the function of terminal A2. Max: 1F
H3-11
common_ Default: 100.0%
(419H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 178
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
H3-12
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41AH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 178
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
Terminal FM Monitor Selection Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM. Min: 000 179
(41DH)
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U-. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-02
common_ Default: 100.0%
(41EH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal FM Gain Min: -999.9% 179
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
H4-03
common_ Default: 0.0%
B
(41FH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal FM Bias Min: -999.9% 179
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 315
B.3 Parameter Table
H4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(422H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal AM Bias Min: -999.9% 179
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H4-07 Terminal FM Signal Level
Min: 0 180
(423H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H4-08 Terminal AM Signal Level
Min: 0 180
(424H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
Default: 3
H5-02 3: 9600 bps
Communication Speed Selection Min: 0 344
(426H) 4: 19200 bps
Max: 8
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-03 0: No parity
Communication Parity Selection Min: 0 344
(427H) 1: Even parity
Max: 2
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 3
H5-04 Stopping Method After 0: Ramp to stop
Min: 0 344
(428H) Communication Error (CE) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3
2: Emergency Stop
3: Alarm only
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection
Min: 0 345
(429H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
common_ Default: 5 ms
H5-06 All Modes TMonly
Drive Transmit Wait Time Min: 5 ms 345
(42AH)
Sets the wait time between receiving and sending data. Max: 65 ms
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-07
RTS Control Selection Min: 0 345
(42BH) 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2.0 s
H5-09
CE Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 345
(435H) Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when
Max: 10.0 s
networking several drives.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/
Min: 0 345
(436H) Modbus Register 0025H 0: 0.1 V units
Max: 1
1: 1 V units
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function
Min: 0 346
(43CH) Selection 0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
Max: 1
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command.
<14> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ L: Protection Functions
L parameters are used to set up drive and motor protection functions, such as: undervoltage detection, Stall Prevention,
speed detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.
■ L1: Motor Protection
<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<15> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).
Default: 0.0%
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level
Min: –100.0% 186
(49BH) (+/-) common_
All Modes TMonly
Max: 100.0%
L4-03 sets the speed detection level for digital output functions H2- = 13, 14, 15, 16.
Default: 4.0%
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Min: 0.0% 186
(49CH) (+/-)
Max: 40.0%
All Modes
common_
Default: 0
B
L4-05 Speed Reference Loss Detection TMonly
Min: 0 186
(49DH) Selection 0: Stop. Drive stops when the speed reference is lost.
Max: 1
1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the speed reference is lost.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 317
B.3 Parameter Table
0: Disabled
1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-04
Torque Detection Selection 2 3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Min: 0 189
(4A4H)
4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Max: 8
5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
common_ Default: 150%
L6-05 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Level 2 Min: 0% 189
(4A5H)
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
common_ Default: 0.1 s
L6-06 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Time 2 Min: 0.0 s 189
(4A6H)
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2. Max: 10.0 s
318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
L7-03
L7-02 Default: 300%
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Negative Torque Min: 0% 190
(4AAH) Limit
Max: 300%
L8-06 When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input bias is calculated and becomes Default: <4>
(4B2H)
Input Phase Loss Detection Level the input phase if the difference between the max and minimum values of the ripple are greater Min: 0.0% 191
than L8-06. Max: 50.0%
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class × 2 (determines standards for setting values)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
0: Disabled Min: 0 191
(4B3H) Selection
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss) Max: 2
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection
Min: 0 192
(4B5H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation
0: During run only. Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop. Min: 0 192
(4B6H) Selection
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up. Max: 2
2: Temperature controlled operation.
common_
All Modes Default: 60 s
TMonly
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay
Min: 0 s 192
(4B7H) Time Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Up/Down command is removed when L8-
Max: 300 s
10 = 0.
common_ Default: 40°C
L8-12 All Modes TMonly
Ambient Temperature Setting Min: -10°C 192
(4B8H)
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level. Max: 50°C
common_
oL2 (drive overload) Default: 1
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 319
B.3 Parameter Table
Sets stopping method when a Input phase loss fault (PF) occurs. See parameter L8-05. Default: 1
L8-62 Operation Selection at Input Phase
0: Ramp to Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02. Min: 0 191
(529H) Loss
1: Coast to Stop Max: 3
2: Emergency Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.
3: Alarm only - Drive continues operation.
common_
All Modes Default: 0
L8-77 TMonly
Oscillation Suppression Used to suppress speed oscillations that occur with an unloaded motor and that have the same Min: -100 195
(61EH)
frequency as the output frequency. Max: 100
All Modes
Default: 1
L8-88 0: Mode 0 (Ready Signal Off and Alarm Output on when Safe Disable Inputs open)
Safe Disable Operation Mode Min: 0 195
(2F5H) 1: Mode 1 (Ready Signal On and Alarm Output off when Safe Disable Inputs open, Varispeed
Max: 1
L7 compatible)
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 321
B.3 Parameter Table
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors.
0: 0.01 Hz
Default: 1
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Unit 1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04)
Min: 0 202
(502H) Selection 2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
Max: 6 <21>
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
4: Elevator units 1 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate and jerk in s)
5: Elevator units 2 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate in m/s2, jerk in m/s3)
6: Elevator units 3 (speed in ft/min, accel/decel rate in ft/s2, jerk in ft/s3)
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Default: <5>
o1-04 TMonly
V/f Pattern Setting Units 0: Hz Min: 0 203
(503H)
1: r/min Max: 1
Default: <20>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum
All Modes
common_ Min: 1 203
(520H) Value TMonly
Max: 60000
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency. Default: <20>
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position. Min: 0 203
(521H) Display
Max: 3
common_ Default: 400 mm
o1-20 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Traction Sheave Diameter Min: 100 mm 203
(575H)
Sets the traction sheave diameter for display unit calculations. Max: 2000 mm
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
All Modes Default: 0%
TMonly
o4-09
IGBT Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 207
(525H) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs
Max: 150%
may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-11
U2, U3 Initialization 0: U2- and U3- monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03). Min: 0 207
(510H)
1: Resets the data for the U2- and U3- monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER Max: 1
key is pressed, fault data is erased and the display returns to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-12 0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
kWh Monitor Initialization Min: 0 207
(512H) 1: Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display "0" after they are
Max: 1
initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the
display returns to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-13 0: Keep the number of travels counter value. The counter is not reset when the drive is
Number of Travels Counter Reset Min: 0 207
(528H) initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: Resets the number 0 travels counter. The monitor U4-24/25 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to
1 and the ENTER key is pressed, the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 323
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ S: Elevator Parameters
This section describes various functions and faults needed to operate an elevator application: braking sequence, slip
compensation for elevators, start/stop optimization, Rescue Operation, and elevator-related faults.
■ S1: Brake Sequence
S2-03 Slip compensation for leveling speed can be set separately for motoring and regenerative states.
This can help improve the accuracy of leveling. Default: 1.0
(691H) Slip Compensation Gain in
Min: 0.0 209
Regenerative Mode
Max: 5.0
324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
S3-02 Sets gain levels 1 and 2 for the Position Lock function. Position Lock at start attempts to keep
the car position when opening the brake in order to avoid roll back. Default: 0.00
(698H) Position Lock Gain at Start 2
Min: 0.00 210
(Anti Rollback Gain)
Max: 100.00
S3-03 common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 5
(699H)
Position Lock Gain at Stop Min: 0 210
Sets the Position Lock gain at stop. Position Lock at stop keeps the car in position until the
Max: 100
brake has been applied entirely.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 10
S3-04
Position Lock Bandwidth Min: 0 210
(69AH) Determines the bandwidth around the stop position in which a digital output programmed for
Max: 16383
"Within Position Lock Bandwidth" (H2- = 33) is closed.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 500 ms
S3-10 Starting Torque Compensation
Min: 0 ms 211
(69BH) Increase Time Sets a time constant for the torque reference to reach 300%. Enabled by setting an analog input
Max: 5000 ms
terminal for torque compensation (H3- = 14).
common_ Default: 0
S3-12 Starting Torque Compensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: -40.0% 211
(69DH) Bias in Down Direction
Adds a bias to torque compensation value from the load cell when moving in down direction. Max: 40.0%
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Default: 0.0%
S3-14 Torque Compensation Fade Out
Sets the speed level for torque compensation to fade out during the time determined by S3-15. Min: 0.0% 211
(69FH) Speed
Sets as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). A setting of 0.0% essentially Max: 100%
disables this function.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 1000 ms
S3-15 Torque Compensation Fade Out
Min: 0 ms 211
(6A0H) Time Sets the time for torque compensation to fade out once motor speed reaches the level set in S3-
Max: 5000 ms
14.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Determines the reduction rate used bring the internal torque reference value down to zero after Default: 100 ms
S3-16
Torque Limit Reduction Time Position Lock at Stop has finished. Min: 0 ms 211
(6A1H)
Max: 10000 ms
Rate = Torque 300%
S3-16
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 100%
S3-25 DC Injection Gain in Regenerative
(6A3H) Operation Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% Min: 0% 211
Max: 400%
regenerative. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-25.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 20%
S3-26 DC Injection Gain in Motoring
(6A4H) Operation Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% Min: 0% 211
Max: 400%
motoring. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-26.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: –50%
S3-27 Torque Compensation Value with
Min: –100% 211
(6BDH) Load Condition 1 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation
Max: 100%
value for load condition 1.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 50%
S3-28 Torque Compensation Value with
Min: –100% 212
(6BEH) Load Condition 2 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation
Max: 100%
value for load condition 2.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 0.0%
S3-29 Analog Input from Load Cell with
Min: –100% 212
(6BFH) Load Condition 1 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level
Max: 100%
from the load cell for load condition 1.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 100.0%
S3-30 Analog Input from Load Cell with
Min: –100.0% 212
(6C0H) Load Condition 2 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level
Max: 100%
from the load cell for load condition 2.
common_ Default: 0.0%
S3-34 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1 Min: 0.0% 212
(6C4H)
Sets the Anti-Rollback Bias applied at small position deviations during Position Lock at start. Max: 100.0%
common_ Default: 0.0%
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 325
B.3 Parameter Table
Determines how a speed limit should be applied to the Rescue Operation speed (d1-25) when Default: 2
S4-08 UPS Operation Speed Limit
operating from a UPS. Min: 0 214
(6CEH) Selection
0: Disabled Max: 2
1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete
2: Enabled until stop
common_ Default: 0 V
S4-12 DC Bus Voltage during Rescue All Modes TMonly Min: 0 V 214
(6D2H) Operation
Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation. Max: 800 V
common_ Default: 80%
S4-13 Rescue Operation Power Supply All Modes TMonly Min: 10% 214
(6D3H) Deterioration Detection Level
Determines at which level of backup power supply deterioration a PF5 fault is triggered. Max: 100%
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
◆ T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
■ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
Min: 0 A 99
(709H) (Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2) After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter
Max: Up to T1-04 <10>
will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the
no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Default: –
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip Sets the motor rated slip.
Min: 0.00 Hz 99
(70AH) (Stationary Auto-Tuning 2) After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor
slip for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test
Max: 20.00 Hz
B
report.
<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 327
B.3 Parameter Table
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<18> The variety of Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode setting. V/f Control allows T1-01 to be set to 2 or 3, while vector control
modes (OLV and CLV) allow T1-01 to be set to 0 through 4.
◆ U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
■ U1: Operation Status Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U1-01 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Speed Reference 10 V: Max frequency –
(40H) <31>
Monitors the speed reference.
common_
U1-02 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Output Speed 10 V: Max frequency –
(41H) <31>
Displays the output speed.
328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U1-03 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated
Output Current <10> –
(42H) current
Displays the output current.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U1 - 10= 00000000
1 Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
1 Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)
1 Digital input 3
U1-10 (terminal S3 enabled) No signal output
(49H)
Input Terminal Status YEG available
– –
1 Digital input 4
(terminal S4 enabled)
1 Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
1 Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
1 Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
1 Digital input 8
(terminal S8 enabled)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the output terminal status.
U1 - 11= 00000000
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
YEG (terminal M3-M4)
U1-11 1 Multi-Function No signal output
Output Terminal Status – –
(4AH) Digital Output available
(terminal M5-M6)
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P1-C1)
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P2-C2)
Not Used
1Fault Relay
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 329
B.3 Parameter Table
U1 - 12= 00000000
1 During run
1 During zero-speed
U1-12
Drive Status YEG 1 During down direction No signal output
– –
(4BH) available
1 During fault reset
signal input
1 During speed agree
1 Drive ready
1 During alarm
detection
1 During fault detection
common_
U1-13 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Input Voltage 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4EH)
Displays the voltage input to terminal A1.
common_
U1-14 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Input Voltage 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4FH)
Displays the voltage input to terminal A2.
common_
U1-16 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Output Speed after Soft Start 10 V: Max frequency –
(53H) <31>
Displays output speed with ramp time and jerk settings. Units determined by o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U1-17 DI-A3 Option Card Input Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card. No signal output
– –
(58H) Status available
Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.
3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit
common_
U1-18 All Modes TMonly No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter – –
(61H) available
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE or Err (EEPROM write error) error.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
U1 - 19= 00000000
1 CRC Error
U1-19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error 1 Data Length Error No signal output
– –
(66H) Code YEG 0 Not Used available
1 Parity Error
1 Overrun Error
1 Framing Error
1 Timed Out
0 Not Used
common_
U1-25 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software Number (Flash) – –
(4DH) available
FLASH ID
common_
U1-26 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software No. (ROM) – –
(5BH) available
ROM ID
<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<12> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 kW units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 kW units.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-01 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Current Fault – –
(80H) available
Displays the current fault.
common_
U2-02 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Previous Fault – –
(81H) available
Displays the previous fault.
common_
U2-03 Speed Reference at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
–
(82H) Fault available <31>
Displays the speed reference at the previous fault.
330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-04 All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
Output Speed at Previous Fault –
(83H) available <31>
Displays the output speed at the previous fault.
common_
U2-05 Output Current at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
<10> –
(84H) Fault available
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
common_
U2-06 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output 0.01%
Motor Speed at Previous Fault –
(85H) available <31>
Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
common_
U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 Vac –
(86H) Fault available
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 Vdc –
(87H) Fault available
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-09 Output Power at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 kW –
(88H) Fault available
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
common_
U2-10 Torque Reference at Previous V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
0.1% –
(89H) Fault available
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
common_
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8AH) Previous Fault available
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
common_
U2-12 Output Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8BH) Previous Fault available
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-13 Drive Operation Status at No signal output
– –
(8CH) Previous Fault Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status available
displayed in U1-12.
common_
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h –
(8DH) Previous Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-15 Soft Starter Output at Previous No signal output 0.01%
–
(7E0H) Fault Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way available <31>
as U1-16.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at No signal output
0.10% –
(7E1H) Previous Fault Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way as available
U6-01.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at No signal output
0.10% –
(7E2H) Previous Fault Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way as available
U6-02.
common_
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1°C –
(8EH) Previous Fault available
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.
common_
U2-21 Peak Hold Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 A –
(7E6H) Fault available
Displays the peak current that occurred just prior to the previous fault.
common_
U2-22 Peak Hold Frequency during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(7E7H) Fault available
Displays the output frequency when the peak current displayed in U2-21 occurred.
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U3-01 to
U3-04 common_
All Modes TMonly No signal output
(90H to 93H First to 4th Most Recent Fault – –
available
(800H to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
Parameter List
803H))
common_
All Modes TMonly
U3-05 to
U3-10 Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults. No signal output
5th to 10th Most Recent Fault – –
(804H to After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent available
809H) fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to
the next monitor parameter every time a fault occurs.
U3-11 to B
U3-14 common_
Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(94H to 97H 1h –
1st to 4th Most Recent Fault available
(80AH to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
80DH))
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 331
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
U4-10 All Modes TMonly No signal output
kWh, Lower 4 Digits 1 kWh –
(5CH) available
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two
monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-11 No signal output
kWh, Upper 5 Digits U4-10: 678.9 kWh 1 MWh –
(5DH) available
U4-11: 12345 MWh
common_
U4-13 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Current 0.01 A –
(7CFH) available
Displays the highest current value that occurred during a ride.
common_
U4-14 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Output Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(7D0H) available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-16 Motor Overload Estimate
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(7D8H) (oL1) Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-17 Drive Overload Calculations
10 V = 100% 0.1% –
(7D9H) (OL2) Displays the level of the drive overload detection (oL2). A value of 100% is equal to the oL2
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the speed reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
U4-18 Speed Reference Selection Y-nn: indicates the reference source No signal output
– –
(7DAH) Results 0-01 = Digital operator available
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
2-02 to 8 = Digital Inputs (d1-02 to 8)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
common_
U4-19 Speed Reference from All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
–
(7DBH) MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. available <31>
Displays the speed reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).
332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U4-20 Speed Reference From Option All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
–
(7DCH) Card available <31>
Displays the speed reference input by an option card (decimal).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the Up/Down command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Up/Down command source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
U4-21 Up/Down Command Source 4 = Communication option card No signal output
– –
(7DDH) Selection nn: Up/Down command limit status data available
00: No limit status.
01: Up/Down command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Up/Down command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for "Up/Down Command Prohibited" time period to end
05: Emergency Stop (multi-function input, operator)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Speed reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-22 MEMOBUS/Modbus No signal output
– –
(7DEH) Communications Reference Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H available
as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-23 Communication Option Card All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(7DFH) Reference available
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-24 Number of Travels All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 time –
(7E6H) (Lower 4 digit) available
Displays the lower four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.
common_
U4-25 Number of Travels All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 time –
(7E7H) (Higher 4 digit) available
Displays the upper four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.
common_
U4-26 Max. Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A –
(7E8H) Acceleration available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during acceleration.
common_
U4-27 Max. Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A –
(7E9H) Deceleration available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during deceleration.
common_
U4-28 Max. Current during Constant All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A –
(7EAH) Speed available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at top speed.
common_
U4-29 Max. Current during Leveling All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A –
(7EDH) Speed available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at leveling speed.
common_
U4-30 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
Slip Compensation Value 0.01% –
(7EEH) available
Shows the slip compensation value.
common_
U4-31 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
Car Acceleration Rate 0.01 m/s2 –
(7EFH) available
Shows the car acceleration rate.
common_
Speed Reference Limit at All Modes TMonly
U4-40 No signal output
1% –
(7FDH) Rescue Operation Displays the speed limit for Rescue Operation based on how much power the backup battery or available
UPS has. Displays 0% when Rescue Operation is not being performed.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_10 V: Motor
U6-01 All Modes TMonly
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) secondary rated 0.1% –
(51H)
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%. current
common_
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 333
B.3 Parameter Table
334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 335
B.5 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)
336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)
<1> Automatically calculated according to the values set to o1-20, o1-21, o1-22, and E2-/E5- parameters.
<2> Automatically calculated according to the values set to the E2-/E5- parameters.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 337
B.6 Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)
338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 339
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
Slave (Drive)
YEG
340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.2 Communication Specifications
Item Specifications
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds Available 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Data length 8 bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters
Parity Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed)
Protocol MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
Max Number of Slaves 255 drives
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 341
C.3 Connecting to a Network
IG R+ R- S+ S-
YEG
S– Send (–)
S+ Send (+)
P M R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground
R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R–
common_
S2
R+ ON
IG
TMonly
Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “1” when using the RS-485 interface.
342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.3 Connecting to a Network
■ RS-422 Interface
Figure C.4
R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R–
R+
IG
S2
ON common_
TMonly
◆ Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination
resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the
termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not
located at the network line end.
Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination on page 68 for details on setting S2.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 343
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
For serial communications to work, each individual slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address. Setting H5-01
to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave address don’t need to be assigned in sequential
order, but each address needs to be unique so that no two drives have the same address.
■ H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
■ H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered
and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
■ H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
common_
TMonly
24 bit length H5-06 setting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 345
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
Refer to b1-01: Speed Reference Selection on page 135 and Refer to b1-02: Up/Down Command Selection on
page 136 for details on operation mode parameter selections.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 347
C.6 Communications Timing
common_
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
TMonly
Figure C.6 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
A timer should be set in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no
response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
common_
24 bit length H5-06 TMonly
setting
348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.7 Message Format
SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK
◆ Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a
message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves
do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.
◆ Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.
◆ Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test)
and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Therefore data written into drive registers
must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.
◆ Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure
described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
■ Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value
received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
1. The starting value is FFFFH.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 349
C.7 Message Format
The example in Table C.3 shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding
the result 40D1H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the
calculation.
Table C.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow
Initial Value (FFFFH) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Function Code 03H 0000 0000 0000 0011
Address 02H 0000 0000 0000 0010 XOR w result 1000 0001 0011 1101
XOR w initial value 1111 1111 1111 1101 Shift 1 0100 0000 1001 1110 1
Shift 1 0111 1111 1111 1110 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1110 0000 1001 1111
XOR result 1101 1111 1111 1111 Shift 2 0111 0000 0100 1111 1
Shift 2 0110 1111 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1101 0000 0100 1110
XOR result 1100 1111 1111 1110 Shift 3 0110 1000 0010 0111 0
Shift 3 0110 0111 1111 1111 0 Shift 4 0011 0100 0001 0011 1
Shift 4 0011 0011 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1001 0100 0001 0010
XOR result 1001 0011 1111 1110 Shift 5 0100 1010 0000 1001 0
Shift 5 0100 1001 1111 1111 0 Shift 6 0010 0101 0000 0100 1
Shift 6 0010 0100 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1000 0101 0000 0101
XOR result 1000 0100 1111 1110 Shift 7 0100 0010 1000 0010 1
Shift 7 0100 0010 0111 1111 0 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
Shift 8 0010 0001 0011 1111 1 XOR result 1110 0010 1000 0011
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 Shift 8 0111 0001 0100 0001 1
XOR result 1000 0001 0011 1110 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR result 1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
D140H
Continue from here with next data.
■ Response Data
To be sure that the data is valid, perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above.
Compare the result to the CRC-16 checksum that was received within the response message. Both should match.
350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.8 Message Examples
◆ Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test. This test returns a response message with exactly the same content as the
command message and can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and
data values can be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 351
C.8 Message Examples
Note: For the number of bytes in the command message, take double the number of the data quantity.
352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
◆ Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 353
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
◆ Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.
354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 355
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 357
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 359
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
◆ Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not
respond.
0025H Control fault (CF) 0138H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
Communications
0026H Position Lock Error (SvE) 0139H Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
0027H Option External Fault (EF0) 013AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
0029H Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 013BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
002AH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) 013CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
0030H Hardware Fault (including oFx) 013DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
0032H Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1) 013EH Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
0033H Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2) 0201H Option Connection Error (oFb01) C
0034H Inversion Detection (dv3) 0202H Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 361
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.10 Enter Command
Note: Because the EEPROM can be written to a maximum of 100,000 times, refrain from writing to the EEPROM too often. The Enter
command registers are write-only. Consequently, if these registers are read, then the register address will be invalid (Error code:
02H). An Enter command is not required if reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 363
C.11 Communication Errors
Error Name
Error Code
Cause
Function Code Error
01H
• Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
02H • A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
03H • Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words (i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data
2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
21H • Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
22H • During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05, E1-03, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
23H
• During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
24H
• Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.
364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-
diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait
at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
YEG
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 365
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: D
Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 367
D.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 369
D.2 European Standards
370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
3. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
4. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
Figure D.2
A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M
W/T3 W
E
A – Drive D – Metal conduit
B – 10 m max cable length between drive and motor E – Ground wire should be as short as possible.
C – Motor
Figure D.2 Installation Method
5. Ground the largest possible surface area of the shield to the metal conduit when using braided shield cable.
Yaskawa recommends using a cable clamp.
Figure D.3
C B
A – Braided shield cable C – Cable clamp (conductive)
B – Metal panel
Figure D.3 Ground Area
6. Connect a AC or DC reactor to minimize harmonic distortion.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 371
D.2 European Standards
L3
L2 Make sure the ground wire is grounded
L1
PE
Enclosure panel
Metal plate
Grounding surface
(remove any paint or sealant)
YEG
L3 L2 L1
Drive
Ground plate
(scrape off any visible paint)
Figure D.4 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class)
372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
■ EMC Filters
The drive should be installed with the EMC filters listed below in order to comply with the EN61800-3/EN12015
requirements.
Note: If the Safe Disable function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a safe stop
according to EN60204-1, stop category 0, use only filters manufactured by Schaffner as listed below. This also applies when
using the safe disable function in one motor contactor installations as described in Safe Disable Input Function on page 377.
Table D.1 EN61800-3 Filters
Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)
Model Dimensions
CIMR-L Weight
Type Rated Current (A) [W x H x D] YxX Figure
(kg) (mm)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0018
2A0025 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 355 × 50 175 × 336
1
2A0033
2A0047
FS5972-60-07 60 4.0 236 × 408 × 65 205 × 390
2A0060
2A0075
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 330 × 150 65 × 255
2A0085
2
2A0115
FS5972-170-40 170 6.0 120 × 451 × 170 102 × 365
2A0145
2A0180 FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 × 610 × 240 90 × 498
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0009
FS5972-18-07 18 1.7 141 × 330 × 46 115 × 313
4A0015
4A0018
4A0024 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 355 × 50 175 × 336 1
4A0031
4A0039
4A0045 FS5972-60-07 60 4 236 × 408 × 65 202 × 390
4A0060
4A0075
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 330 × 150 65 × 255
4A0091 2
4A0112
FS5972-170-40 170 4.7 120 × 451 × 170 102 × 365
4A0150
Figure D.5
PE
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
L1 L2 L3
LINE
L1 L2 L3
LINE
ZSNFS5972-250-37
ZSN3x480/275V 50/60Hz
250A@45°C 25/100/21
LINE
FS 5972 - 60 - 07
3x480/275VAC 50/60Hz
60A@45°C 25/100/21
MADE IN ........
H
X
LOAD
ZSN1234567 / 01 / 0840R
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
PE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 373
D.3 UL Standards
D.3 UL Standards
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product
testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to
receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.
Figure D.6
◆ UL Standards Compliance
This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. The conditions
described below must be met to maintain compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment:
■ Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution severity 2 (UL standard).
■ Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Cable Connectors
Yaskawa recommends using UL-listed copper wires (rated at 75°C), and closed-loop connectors or CSA-certified ring
connectors sized for the selected wire gauge to maintain proper clearances when wiring the drive. Use the correct crimp
tool to install connectors per manufacturer recommendation. Table D.2 lists a suitable closed-loop connector
manufactured by JST Corporation.
Table D.2 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size (JIS C 2805) (same for 200 V and 400 V)
Wire Gauge Terminal Crimp Terminal Tightening Torque
mm2 (AWG) Screws Model Numbers N m (lb to in.)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
0.75 (18)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
1.25 (16)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R2-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
M4 R2-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
2 (14)
M5 R2-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
M6 R2-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M4 R5.5-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R5.5-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
3.5/5.5 (12/10)
M6 R5.5-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R5.5-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 8-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R8-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
8 (8)
M6 R8-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R8-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 14-4 <1> 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R14-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
14 (6)
M6 R14-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R14-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M10 R22-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
22 (4)
M12 R22-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
30/38 (3/2) M12 R38-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
50/60 (1/ 1/0) M12 R60-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
80 (2/0) M12 R80-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
100 (4/0) M12 R100-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 150-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
150 (250/300MCM)
M12 150-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 200-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
200 (400MCM)
M12 R200-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
325 (600/650MCM) M12 325-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
<1> Use the specified crimp terminals (Model 14-NK4) when using CIMR-L2A0025, 2A0033, 4A0015, and 4A0018 with 14 mm2 (6 AWG).
374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
Note: 1. Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable
temperature of 75°C 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation.
2. In the drives CIMR-LC2A0145, -0180, and CIMR-LC4A0112, -0150, the wire bending space (space between terminals and cable
entry point) provided is smaller than recommended in the IEC61800-5-1.
Input Fuse Installation
Always install fuses at the drive input side. Refer to Installing Input Fuses on page 287 for selecting fuses.
■ Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals
Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. Use a class
2 (UL regulations) power supply for the control circuit terminal when not using the drives internal control power supply.
Table D.3 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply
Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications
Multi-function photocoupler output P1-C1, P2-C2 Requires class 2 power supply
Digital inputs S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, SC Use the internal control power supply of the drive or an external class 2
Analog inputs A1, A2, AC power supply.
overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed — including zero speed (externally
3 Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant
5 Permanent Magnet motor with constant torque
over the whole speed range.
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 375
D.3 UL Standards
When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 3, 5) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another
motor overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which
shuts off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually
calculated as long as the drive is powered up.
■ L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is
running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01/E5-03) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can
shift the set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.
Figure D.7
Time (min)
10
7
3
Cold Start
1
0.4
Hot Start
376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
◆ Specifications
The Safe Disable inputs provide a stop function in compliance with Stop Category 0 as defined in the EN60204-1
(uncontrolled stop by power removal), and “Safe Torque Off” as defined in the IEC61800-5-2. Safe Disable inputs have
been designed to meet the requirements of the EN954-1/ISO13849-1, Category 3 and IEC61508, SIL2.
A Safe Disable Status Monitor for error detection in the safety circuit is also provided.
Note: The function safety approval of the drives CIMR-LC2A0145, -0180, and CIMR-LC4A0112, -0150 is pending. The Safe Disable
input function of these drives should not be used for safety relevant circuits (EN81-1 conform circuit with one motor contactor).
Two Safe Disable inputs and 1 EDM output according to EN61800-5-1, EN954-1/ISO13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN61508
Inputs / Outputs
SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
Operation Time Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms.
Demand Rate Low PFD = 5.15E-5
Failure Probability Demand Rate High or
PFH = 1.2E-9
Continuous
The Safe Disable feature satisfies all requirements of performance level d (PLd) as defined by ISO13849-1 (this
Performance Level
includes DC from EDM).
◆ Precautions
DANGER! Improper use of the Safe Disable function can result in serious injury or even death. Make sure the whole system or
machinery that the Safe Disable function is used in complies with safety requirements.
DANGER! When using a PM motor, even if the drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function, a break down of two output
transistors can cause current to flow through the motor winding, resulting in a rotor movement for a maximum angle of 180 degree
(electrically). Make sure such a situation would have no effect on the safety of the application when using the Safe Disable function.
This is not a concern with induction motors.
DANGER! The Safe Disable function can switch off the drive output, but does not cut the drive power supply and cannot electrically
isolate the drive output from the input. Always shut off the drive power supply when performing maintenance or installations on the
drive input side as well as the drive output side.
DANGER! When using the Safe Disable inputs, make sure to remove the wire links between terminals H1, H2, and HC that were
installed prior to shipment. Failing to do so will keep the Safe Disable circuit from operating properly and can cause injury or even
death.
DANGER! All safety features (including Safe Disable) should be inspected periodically. If the system is not operating normally, there is
a risk of serious personal injury.
DANGER! Only a qualified technician with a thorough understanding of the drive, the instruction manual, and safety standards should
be permitted to wire, inspect, and maintain the Safe Disable input.
NOTICE: From the moment terminal inputs H1 and H2 have opened, it takes up to 1 ms for drive output to shut off completely. The
sequence set up to trigger terminals H1 and H2 should make sure that both terminals remain open for at least 1 ms in order to properly
interrupt drive output.
NOTICE: The Safe Disable Monitor (output terminals DM+ and DM–) should not be used for any other purpose than to monitor the
Safe Disable status or to discover a malfunction in the Safe Disable inputs. The monitor output is not considered a safe output.
NOTICE: When utilizing the Safe Disable function, use only the EMC filters recommended in EMC Filter Installation on page 370.
Additionally a Safe Disable monitor function can be assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2- = 58).
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 377
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Figure D.8
Main Power
24 Vdc Control
Safety Relay or PLC HC Circuit
with safety functionality
Safety Jumper S3
Outputs Setting:
Feedback
SOURCE
H1 Gate Block 1
N Power Module P
H2 Gate Block 2
DM+
>=1
DM-
Drive
Motor coasts
Output to stop
Frequency
378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Safe Disable Input Status Safe Disable Status Safe Disable Status
Monitor, Monitor, Drive Output Status Digital Operator Display
Input 1, H1-HC Input 2, H2-HC DM+ - DM– H2- = 58
Off Off Off On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” Hbb (flashes)
On Off On On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes)
Off On On On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes)
On On On Off Baseblock, ready for operation Normal display
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 379
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Safety Chain
Circuit
Elevator Controller
K01
24 Vdc
K1
Drive H1 H2 HC Up/Down;
Speed selection; ...
K2
M
Note: 1. The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case the brake should apply
immediately in order to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator.
2. The drive output can only be activated when neither an Up nor a Down command is active, i.e. terminals H1 and H2 must be closed
prior to setting the Up/Down command.
380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: E
This section provides tables to keep record of the drive specification, motor specification and
drive settings. Fill in the data after commissioning the application and have them ready when
contacting Yaskawa for technical assistance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 381
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications
Items Value
Model CIMR-LC
Serial Number
◆ Motor Specifications
■ Induction Motor
Interface Resolution
382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings
◆ Basic Setup
Item Setting Value Memo Item Setting Value Memo
Control Mode A1-02 = Up/Down Command Selection b1-02 =
Speed Reference Selection
Speed Reference Selection b1-01 = d1-18 =
Mode
◆ Motor Setup
Item Setting Value Memo Item Setting Value Memo
Motor Rated Current E2-01 = Number of Motor Poles E2-04 =
Induction
Motor Rated Slip E2-02 = Motor Line-to-Line Resistance E2-05 =
Motor
Motor No-Load Current E2-03 = Motor Leakage Inductance E2-06 =
Motor Rated Power E5-02 = Motor q-Axis Inductance E5-07 =
Motor Rated Current E5-03 = Motor Induction Volt. Const.1 E5-09 =
PM Motor Motor Poles E5-04 = Encoder Offset E5-11 =
Motor Stator Resistance E5-05 = Motor Induction Volt. Const. 2 E5-24 =
Motor d-Axis Inductance E5-06 = Encoder Resolution F1-01 =
◆ Analog Inputs
Terminal Input Used Setting Value and Function Name Memo
A1 H3-02 =
A2 H3-10 =
◆ Monitor Outputs
Quick Reference
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 383 E
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
A1-00 C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit
Language Selection
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
A1-01 C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Access Level Selection
C4-01
A1-02 Control Method Selection Torque Compensation Gain
A1-03 Initialize Parameters C4-02
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
A1-04 Password
A1-05 Password Setting C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start
A2-01 to C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
User Parameters, 1 to 32
A2-32 C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection C5-01
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1
b1-01 Speed Reference Selection
b1-02 Up/Down Command Selection C5-02
Speed Control Loop Integral Time 1
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection
384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
d1-24 F4-04
Inspection Operation Speed Terminal V2 Gain
d1-25 F4-05
Rescue Operation Speed Terminal V1 Bias
d1-26 F4-06
Leveling Speed Terminal V2 Bias
d1-28 Leveling Speed Detection Level F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Leve Selection
d1-29 Inspection Speed Detection Level F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level Selection
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection
d6-06 Field Forcing Limit F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection
E1-04 Maximum output speed F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection
E1-05 Maximum Voltage F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection
E1-06 Base Frequency F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency F6-01 Operation Selection after Communications Error
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 External Fault from Communication Option Operation
F6-03
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 Selection
E2-01 Motor Rated Current F6-06 Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation H1-08 Terminal S8 Function Selection
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (Single Phase) H2-05 Terminal P2-C2 Function Selection (photocoupler)
F4-02
Terminal V1 Gain H5-02 Communication Speed Selection
F4-03 Terminal V2 Function Selection H5-03 Communication Parity Selection
H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 385 E
E.3 User Setting Table
H5-07 RTS Control Selection n8-32 d-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation
H5-09 CE Detection Time d-Axis Current Control Integral Time during Normal
n8-33
Operation
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection
n8-36 High Frequency Injection Level
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
n8-37 High Frequency Injection Amplitude
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
n8-81 High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
High Frequency Injection Amplitude during Rescue
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration n8-82
Operation
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration n8-84 Polarity Detection Current
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run n8-86 Magnet Pole Search Error Detection Selection
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run n9-60 A/D Conversion Start Delay
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level o1-01
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) o1-02
User Monitor Selection After Power Up
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Unit Selection
L4-05 Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection
o1-04 V/f Pattern Setting Units
L4-06 Speed Reference at Reference Loss
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
L4-13 Door Zone Level
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
L5-02 Fault Output Operation during Auto Restart
o1-20 Traction Sheave Diameter
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time
o1-21 Roping Ratio
L5-06 Under Voltage Fault Restart Selection
o1-22 Mechanical Gear Ratio
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1
o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2
o2-04 Drive Model Selection
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2
o2-05 Speed Reference Setting Method Selection
L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
L7-01 Forward Torque Limit o2-06
Disconnected
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit
o3-01 Copy Function Selection
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting
L8-06 Input Phase Loss Detection Level
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
o4-13 Number of Travels Counter Reset
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting
S1-01 Zero Speed Level at Stop
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
S1-02 DC Injection Current at Start
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain
S1-03 DC Injection Current at Stop
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
S1-04 DC Injection Position Lock Time at Start
L8-35 Installation Selection
S1-05 DC Injection Position Lock Time at Stop
L8-38 Automatic Torque Boost Selection
S1-06 Brake Release Delay Time
L8-39 Reduced Carrier Frequency
S1-07 Brake Close Delay Time
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor Protection
S1-10 Run Command Delay Time
L8-62 Operation Selection at Input Phase Loss
S1-11 Output Contactor Open Delay Time
L8-77 Oscillation Suppression
S2-01 Motor Rated Speed
L8-88 Safe Disable Operation Mode
S2-02
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode
n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 S2-03
Slip Compensation Gain in Regenerative Mode
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2
n5-01 Inertia Compensation Selection S2-05 Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time S2-06 Slip Compensation Torque Detection Filter Time Constant
n5-03 Inertia Compensation Gain S3-01
Position Lock Gain at Start 1
n6-01 Online Tuning Selection
S3-02
n6-05 Online Tuning Gain Position Lock Gain at Start 2 (Anti-Rollback Gain)
n8-01 Initial Polarity Estimation Current S3-03
Position Lock Gain at Stop
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current
n8-29 q-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation S3-04 Position Lock Bandwidth
S3-10 Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time
386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User
No. Name
Setting
S3-12 Starting Torque Compensation Bias in Down Direction
S3-14 Torque Compensation Fade Out Speed
S3-15 Torque Compensation Fade Out Time
S3-16 Torque Limit Reduction Time
S3-25 DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation
S3-26 DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation
S3-27 Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1
S3-28 Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2
S3-29 Analog Input from Load Cell with Load Condition 1
S3-30 Analog Input from Load Cell with Load Condition 2
S3-34 Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1
S3-35 Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2
Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque
S3-37
Bias 1
Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque
S3-38
Bias 2
S3-39 Anti-Rollback Integral Gain
S3-40 Anti-Rollback Movement Detection
S3-41 Position Lock Gain at Start Reduction
S4-01 Light Load Direction Search Selection
S4-02 Light Load Direction Search Method
S4-03 Light Load Direction Search Time
S4-04 Light Load Direction Search Speed Reference
S4-05 Rescue Operation Torque Limit
S4-06 Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection
S4-07 UPS Power
S4-08 UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection
S4-12 DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation
Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Detection
S4-13
Level
S5-01 Short Floor Operation Selection
S5-02 Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation
Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) Detection/Reset
S6-01
Selection
S6-02 Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time
S6-04 Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time
S6-05 Brake Response Error (SE4) Detection Time
S6-10 Over acceleration Detection Level
S6-11 Over acceleration Detection Time
S6-12 Over acceleration Detection Selection
S6-15 Speed Reference Loss Detection
S6-16 Restart after Baseblock Selection
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T1-02 Motor Rated Power
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
T1-04 Motor Rated Current
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles
T1-07 Motor Base Speed
T1-08 Encoder Resolution (pulses per revolution)
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current (Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2)
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip (Stationary Auto-Tuning 2)
T2-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T2-04 Motor Rated Power
T2-05 Motor Rated Voltage
T2-06 Motor Rated Current
T2-08 Number of Motor Poles
T2-09 Motor Base Speed
T2-10 Single Phase Stator Resistance
T2-11 Motor d-Axis Inductance
T2-12 Motor q-Axis Inductance
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
T2-14 Motor Induced Voltage Constant
Quick Reference
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 387 E
AO-A3 Option Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Application Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Copy Function Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
CE Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Copy Unit Error (CSEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 CopyUnitManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 CPEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Closed Loop Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 CPF00, CPF01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Closed Loop Vector control for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 CPF02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 280 CPF03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
CN5-B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 280 CPF06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
CN5-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 280 CPF07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Coast to Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 CPF08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 CPF20, CPF21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Command Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 CPF22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 CPF23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions . . . . . 122 CPF24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Communication Error (iFEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 CPF26 to CPF34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 CPyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Communication Fault Detection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 CRC-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Communication Option Node ID Setting Error Crimp Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
(CANopen) (AEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 CrST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Communication Parity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 CSEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Communication Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Cumulative Fan Operation Time as a Percentage
Communications Enter Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 of the Specified Maintenance Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Cumulative Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing) (vrFy) . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Cumulative Operation Time of the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Cumulative Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Conducted Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Cumulative Time the Capacitors are Used as
Connecting a DC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 a Percentage of the Specified Maintenance Period. . . . . . . . . . 259
Connecting a Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Current Detection Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Connecting an AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Current Detection Error (Er-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Connecting Braking Units in Parallel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Cyclic Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Connecting the Drive and Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 D
Connecting to a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
d-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal
Connecting to a PC (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 183
d-Axis Current Control Integral Time
Control Board Connection Error (CPF03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
during Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Control Board Connection Error (CPF23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Control Circuit Error (CPF00, CPF01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Daily Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Control Circuit Error (CPF20, CPF21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
DC Bus Overvoltage (ov) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241
Control Circuit Error (CPF26 to CPF34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Control Circuit Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DC Bus Undervoltage (Uv1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 236
Control Circuit Output Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
DC Injection Current at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DC Injection Current at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Control Fault (CF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Control I/O Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
DC Injection Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
DC Injection Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . 335
DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Control Mode Mismatch (CPEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Deceleration Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 88
Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection
Control Mode Selection Error (oPE06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
(o1-03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Control Modes and their Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 333
dEv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 239
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
dEv Detection Condition Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Control Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
dFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 261, 262
DI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Cooling Fan Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
DI-A3 Option Card Data Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
DI-A3 Option Card Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Cooling Fan Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
DI-A3 Option Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Cooling Fan Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . 175
Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 278
CoPy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Digital Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Copy Allowed Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Digital Input Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Copy Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Digital Input Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 389
Digital Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 EF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 75 EF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 EF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 EF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools . . . . 39 EF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Remote Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 EF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Digital Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Elevator units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance . . . . . . 372
200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 42 EMC Filter Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 66 EMC Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Disabling and Enabling the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 EMC Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
DM+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 EMC Guidelines Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
DM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Emergency Stop (N.O., N.C.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
DO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Emergency Stop Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
DO-A3 Option Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Emergency Stop Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Door Zone Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 EN61800-3 C2 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Door Zone Reached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 EN81-1 Conform Circuit with one Motor Contactor . . . . . . . . 379
Drive Capacity Setting Fault (oPE01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Encoder 1 Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Encoder 1 Rotation Derection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Encoder Communication Data Error (oFC53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Encoder Communication Timeout (oFC52) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Encoder Disconnected (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241
Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81 Encoder Disconnected (PGoH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241
Drive Model Mismatch (dFPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Encoder Error (oFC54). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Drive Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Encoder Feedback Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 94
Drive Overload (oL2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Encoder Offset Compensation Error (Er-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Encoder Offset for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Encoder Option AD Conversion Error (oFC50) . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Drive Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Encoder Option Analog Circuit Error (oFC51) . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Drive Short-Circuit Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Encoder Resolution Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Drive Slave Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Encoder Rotation Direction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Encoder Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Drive Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Encoder Z Pulse Fault (dv1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Drive Transmit Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Encoder Z Pulse Phase Fault Detection (dv2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Drive Watt Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
DriveWizard Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 278 End1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Droop Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 End10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
During Baseblock (N.C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 End2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Baseblock (N.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 End3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Down Direction (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 173 End4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Frequency Output (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . 174 End5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Regeneration (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 174 End6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 End7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
During Torque Limit (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 174 End8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
dv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 End9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
dv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Energy Saving Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
dv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Energy Savings Constants Error (oPE16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
dv3 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
dv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Enter Command Necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
dv4 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Enter Command not Necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
dv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . 363
dv7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
dv8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Dwell Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Entering the "Safe Torque Off" State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Dwell Speed, Dwell Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Er-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
E Er-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Er-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
E (G). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Er-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
E-Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Er-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
EEPROM Data Error (CPF06). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Er-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
EEPROM Write Error (Err) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Er-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Er-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Function Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Er-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Function Key (F1, F2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Er-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Function Key 1 (F1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Er-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Function Key 2 (F2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Er-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Functions for Terminals S3 to S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Er-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Er-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 G
Er-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays . . 288
Er-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
General Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Er-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Err . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Ground Fault (GF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Error Reading Data (rdEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Ground Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Error Writing Data (CPyE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Ground Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function . . . . . . . 226
European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 H
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . 159 H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 H1/H2 Sink/Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Excessive V/f Setting (End1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
External 24 Vdc Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 HbbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
External fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
External Fault (input terminal S3) (EF3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 HCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
External Fault (input terminal S4) (EF4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
External Fault (input terminal S5) (EF5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
External Fault (input terminal S6) (EF6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Heatsink Overheat (oH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 240
External Fault (input terminal S7) (EF7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Heatsink Overheat (oH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
External Fault (input terminal S8) (EF8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
External Fault from Communication Option Detection Selection 163 High Current Alarm (HCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
External Fault from Communication Option Operation Selection 163 High Frequency Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
High Frequency Injection Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
F
High Frequency Injection Amplitude
F-Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Fan Connector (CN6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . 199
Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 262
High Frequency Injection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Fan Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
High Speed Limit Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fan Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
High Speed Limit Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
High Speed Reference Has Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Fault (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Hot Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fault Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 331
Fault Output Operation during Auto Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 I
Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 iFEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fault Reset Command Active (Multi-Function Digital Outputs)171 IGBT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 IGBT Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (LT-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 330 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Fault Trace / History Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Induced Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Fault Trace Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 223 Inductance Error (Er-19). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Ferrule Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Induction Voltage Error (Er-18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Inertia Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 196
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Inertia Compensation Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Inertia Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Flux Position Detection (sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Initial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Initial Polarity Estimation Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Formula to Calculate the Amount of Voltage Drop . . . . . . . . . . 57 Initial Rotor Pole Search Error (Er-22). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Forward Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Initialize Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 131, 204
Frequency Control Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Input Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
Frequency Reference Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Frequency Setting Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Input Phase Loss (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . 175
Frequency Setting Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Input Phase Loss (PF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
FrL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
Front Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Input Voltage Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 391
Input-Side Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 258 Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Inspection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . 375
Inspection Operation Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 LT-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 259
Inspection Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 LT-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 259
Inspection Operation Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 LT-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 259
Inspection Speed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 LT-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 259
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 M
Installation Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
M1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installation Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
M3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
M4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installation Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
M5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
M6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installing a Leakage Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side . . . 284
Magnet Pole Search Error Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB). . . . . . . . . 283
Magnetic Flux Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay . . . . . . . . . . 287
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 61
Installing the Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 266, 271
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Intermediate Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Internal Braking Transistor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
IP20 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Main Circuit Terminal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 374
J Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Jerk at Accel End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260
Jerk at Accel Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Jerk at Decel End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Jerk at Decel Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 332
Jerk below Leveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance Period (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . 174
Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Maintenance Period Reached by the IGBTs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Jumper S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 66, 67 Max. Current during Leveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Jumper S5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Max. Motor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
K Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
Maximum Output Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Maximum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
kWh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
kWh Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
kWh Monitor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Measuring Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
L Mechanical Gear Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Language Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
LCD Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE). . . . . . 227, 239
Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Leakage Inductance Alarm (End6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Leakage Inductance Error (Er-13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 MEMOBUS/Modbus Self Test Failed (SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
LED Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 MEMOBUS/Modbus Self Test Successful (PASS) . . . . . . . . . 241
LED Operator MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Leveling Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Leveling Speed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Leveling Speed Reference Has Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
LF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Minor Fault (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Light Load Direction (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 175 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Light Load Direction Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Minor Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 224
Light Load Direction Search Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Line-to-Line Resistance Error (Er-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch (ndAT) . . . . . . . . . 249
LO/RE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 85 Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection . . . . . . . 204 Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
LO/RE LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
LO/RE Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
LOCAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Motor Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board . . . 66 Motor Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Motor Base Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Motor Contactor Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Non-rotating Encoder Offset Tuning Warning (Er-23). . . . . . . 248
Motor Contactor Responce Error (SE1) Detection/Reset Selection . . 216 Not Zero Speed (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . 175
Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Motor d-Axis Inductance for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Number of Auto Restart Attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Motor Data Error (Er-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Number of Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Motor Direction Error (Er-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Number of PM Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Motor Does Not Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Number of Travels Counter Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 for PM motors . . . . . . . . 158 O
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 for PM motors . . . . . . . . 158
oC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
oFA00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (End2). . . . . . . . . . . . 245
oFA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFA05, oFA06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFA10, oFA11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
oFA12 to oFA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFA30 to oFA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFb00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Mechanical Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFb01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 154
oFb02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Overload (oL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
oFb03 to oFb11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Overload Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 375
oFb12 to oFb17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Overload Protection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 376
oFC00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
oFC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Motor Pole Search Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . 175
oFC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Poles for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
oFC03 to oFC11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Poles for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
oFC12 to oFC17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
oFC50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor q-Axis Inductance for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
oFC51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Rated Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 154, 375
oFC52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Rated Current for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
oFC53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Rated Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 156
oFC54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Rated Power for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
oH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 240
Motor Rated Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 154
oH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Rated Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
oL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Rotation Direction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
oL1 Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Motor Speed Fault (Er-11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
oL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Stator Resistance for PM motors (Single Phase). . . . . . 157
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
oL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241
Mounting Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
oL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241
Multi-function Analog Input Selection Error (oPE07). . . . . . . 243
Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Online Tuning Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
oPE01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-function Digital Input Selection Error (oPE03) . . . . . . . 243
oPE02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 165
oPE03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
oPE04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . 168
oPE04 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
oPE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Photocoupler Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
oPE06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
oPE07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Multi-Function Terminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
oPE08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Multi-Speed Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
oPE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Multi-Speed References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
oPE16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Multiple Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
oPE18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Multiple Drive Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
oPE20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
N Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Operation Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Operation Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 225
ndAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Operation Selection after Communications Error . . . . . . . . . . 163
NEMA 1 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Operation Selection at Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
No-Load Current Alarm (End7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected . . 205
No-Load Current Error (Er-05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 328
Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Operator Connection Fault (oPr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Noise From the Drive or Output Lines When the Drive Operator Function Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
is Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Nominal Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 oPr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 393
Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Parameter Settings in the Drive and Those Saved to
Option Card Connection Error (oFA01). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 the Copy Function are not the Same (vFyE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port PASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
CN5-C (oFC00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Option Card Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-A (oFA05, oFA06, Password Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
oFA10, oFA11, oFA12 to oFA17, oFA30 to oFA43) . . . . . . . . 232 Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . 259
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port Performance Life of the Inrush Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
CN5-B (oFb03 to oFb11, oFb12 to oFb17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port Periodic Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
CN5-C (oFC03 to oFC11, oFC12 to oFC17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Option Card External Fault (EF0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 239 Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 278
Option Card Fault at Option Port PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
CN5-B (oFb00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 PF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B (oFb01). . . . . . . . . . 232 PG Feedback Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B (oFb02). . . . . . . . . . 232 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C (oFC01) . . . . . . . . . 232 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C (oFC02) . . . . . . . . . 233 Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Option Card Not Supported (oFA00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Option Communication Error (bUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 238 PG-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Option Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 PG-E3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 PG-F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
oS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241 PG-X3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Output Contactor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 PG1 Pulse Monitor Output Division Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Output Contactor Open Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 PGo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241
Output Current Error (SE3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 PGoH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241
Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . 216 PGoH Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Output Current Imbalance (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Phase Order Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Output Phase Loss (LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 PM Motor Base Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Output Phase Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Output Speed Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Output Terminal FM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Output Voltage Detection Error (voF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 242 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Output Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 PM Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 PM Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Output-Side Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 PM Motor Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 241 PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Overacceleration Detection (dv6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 PM Motor Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Overacceleration Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 PM Rotor Position Estimation Error (dv8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Overacceleration Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Polarity Detection Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Overacceleration Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Port CN19 cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Overcurrent (oC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Position Deviation Level to Apply Torque Bias 1 . . . . . . . . . . 212
Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Position Deviation Level to Apply Torque Bias 2 . . . . . . . . . . 212
Overheat Alarm Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Position Lock Completion Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Position Lock Deviation Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292, 375 Position Lock Error (SvE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Overload Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291 Position Lock Gain at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Overload Tolerance for Internal Braking Transistor . . . . . . . . 194 Position Lock Gain at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Overspeed (oS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241 Position Lock Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Overspeed Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Position Lock Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Overspeed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 241 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Overvoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
P Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81
P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Pull-Out Detection (STo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
PWM Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Parameter Range Setting Error (oPE02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Q
Parameter Selection Error (oPE08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 q-Axis Current Control Integral Time during Normal
Parameter Setting Error (oPE18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 R
R+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
R- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 RUN LED Status and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
R/L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 RUN Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Radiated Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 S
Ramp to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
S+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Rated Current Setting Alarm (End3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
S-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Rated Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
S/L2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rated Output Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rated Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rated Slip Error (Er-08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290, 291
S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
rdEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
rEAd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
S6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . 351
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reading Parameter Settings (flashing) (rEAd). . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Safe Disable (Hbb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Reattaching the Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Safe Disable Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Reattaching the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Safe Disable Circuit Fault (HbbF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Reduced Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Safe Disable Function Wiring Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Reducing Radiated, Conducted, and Induced Noise . . . . . . . . 286
Safe Disable Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reference Source Selection Error (oPE05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Safe Disable Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Releveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply
REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Remote Operator Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital
Removing the Cooling Fan (2A0110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Operator Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Removing the Cooling Fan (2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139,
Safe Disable Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . 175
4A0165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Safe Disable Status Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Removing the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Safe Torque Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Removing the Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Safety Hazard Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Removing the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Removing Wires from the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Safety Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 213
SE1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration
SE1 Detection/Reset Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
SE2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Error (PF5) . . 235
SE2 Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
SE3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Rescue Operation Rotor Polarity Detection
SE3 Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Warning (End10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
SE4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Rescue Operation Rotor Pole Position Search
SE4 Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Warning (End9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Self-Diagnosing Function of the Serial Communication
Rescue Operation Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Interface Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Rescue Operation Speed Warning (End8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Rescue Operation Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 214
Separate Speed Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Reset Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Serial Communication Stand By (CALL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Resistance Tuning Error (End5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Serial Communication Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals . . . . . . . 342
Restart after Baseblock Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Setting Motor Parameters Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Restart Enabled (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . . . 174
Setting Sink/Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Returning to Normal Operation after Safe Disable . . . . . . . . . 378
Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Setup Group Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Reverse Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Setup Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Roping Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rotation Direction Fault (dv3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Short Floor Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Rotation Direction Fault (dv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
SI-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Sinking Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
RS-422 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Sinking Mode (NPN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
RS-422/485 Termination Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
RS-485 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
RTS Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Slip Compensation for Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Rubber Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Slip Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Run Command Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
RUN LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Slip Compensation Gain in Regenerative Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 209
RUN LED and Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 395
Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 STo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration . . . . . . . . . 144 STOP Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . 210 STOP Key Pressed (Er-03). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Slip Compensation Torque Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Stopping Method after Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Slip Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Stopping Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
SN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 67 Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 SvE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3) . . . . . . . 240 Switched Phase Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault (Uv3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Software version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Sourcing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 T
Sourcing Mode (PNP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T/L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 67
Task Complete (End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Speed Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Terminal A1 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Speed agree 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Terminal A1 Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Speed agree 2 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Terminal A2 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Speed Agreement Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Terminal A2 Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Speed Control Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Speed Control Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Terminal AM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Speed Control Loop Delay Time during Position Lock. . . . . . 148
Terminal AM Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Speed Control Loop Integral Time during Position Lock . . . . 148
Terminal AM Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain Time
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
during Position Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07, CPF08) . . . . . . . . 228
Speed Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 292
Terminal Board Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Terminal Board Mismatch Error (oPE04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Speed Detection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Terminal Board Wiring Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Speed Detection 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Speed Detection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Terminal Connections for Communication
Speed Detection 2 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Speed Detection 3 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . 172
Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 52
Speed Detection 4 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . 173
Terminal Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Speed Detection PG1 Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Terminal FM Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Speed Deviation (dEv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 239
Terminal FM Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Speed Loop Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 150
Terminal P1-C1 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Speed Reference at Reference Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Terminal P1-C2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Speed Reference Bias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Speed Reference Loss Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 96, 97
Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Through mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 171, 179
Speed Reference Missing (FrL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 230
Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 64
Speed Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 135
Timer Function On-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Speed Reference Selection Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Timer Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Speed Reference Setting Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Torque Compensation (Multi-Function Analog Inputs). . . . . . 179
Speed Reference Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Torque Compensation at Forward Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Speed Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 292
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Torque Compensation Fade Out Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Torque Compensation Fade Out Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Stall Prevention During Acceleration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Torque Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Stall Prevention Selection during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1 . . . . . . . . 211
Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2 . . . . . . . . 212
Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Starting Current Error (SE2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Torque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . 216
Torque Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 292
Torque Detection Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Torque Detection Selection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 292
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Torque Limit Reduction Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . 93
Stator Resistance Error (Er-20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
396 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Torque Limit Selection from vAEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Communications Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Verifying Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 vFyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Traction Sheave Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Travel Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Travel Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 voF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 242
TrPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 259 Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch (vAEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 vrFy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 W
Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
W/T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . 94
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
U Watt Loss 200 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
U/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
U2, U3 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Wire Gauge, Three Phase 200 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Wire Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 64
UL/cUL Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
UL3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 242 Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
UL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 242 Within Position Lock Bandwidth (Multi-Function Digital
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 242 Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 242 Writing Parameter Settings (CoPy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Undervoltage (Uv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Undervoltage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Z
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Zero Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Undervoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Zero Speed Level at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Unit Selection
Zero-Speed Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Accel/Decel Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Elavator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Jerk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H . . . . 345
Up/Down Command Error (EF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Up/Down Command Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Up/Down Command Selection while in Programming Mode . 137
Up/Down Command Source Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
UPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
UPS Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
USB Copy Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 278
USB Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
USB Port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
User Monitor Selection after Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
User Parameter Automatic Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 134
User Parameter Default Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 204
User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 134
User Parameters 1 to 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
User-Set Speed Agree 1 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 169
User-Set Speed Agree 2 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 172
Using a PM Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Using Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Using the Safe Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Uv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Uv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Uv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
V
V/f Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
V/f Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
V/f Pattern Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
V/f Pattern Setting Error (oPE10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
V/T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 397
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
398 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 33A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A
AC Drive for Elevator Applications
Technical Manual
EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS
YASKAWA ELECTRIC EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstraβe 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)6196 569 300 Fax: +49 (0)6196 569 398
E-mail: info@yaskawa.de Internet: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
YASKAWA ENGINEERING EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstraβe 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)6196 569 520 Fax: +49 (0)6196 569 598
E-mail: service@yaskawa.de Internet: http://www.yaskawa-eng.eu.com
UNITED KINGDOM
YASKAWA ELECTRIC EUROPE GmbH
Unit 3, Centurion Court, Brick Close, Kiln Farm, Milton Keynes, Bucks MK11 3JB, United Kingdom
Phone: +44 (0)1908 556815 Fax: +44 (0)1908 565891
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
ITALY
YASKAWA ELECTEIC EUROPE GmbH
Via TRABUCCHI N°28 41013 Castelfranco E.(MO), Italy
Phone: +39 (0)59 92 2121 Fax: +39 (0)59 92 2168
E-mail: info@yaskawa.it Internet: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
U.S.A.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC AMERICA, INC.
2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (800-927-5292) or +1 847 887 7000 Fax: +1 847 887 7370
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.com
JAPAN
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-0022, Japan
Phone: +81 (0)3 5402 4511 Fax: +81 (0)3 5402 4580
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure
to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.